1This is ../../gmp/doc/gmp.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.13 from
2../../gmp/doc/gmp.texi.
3
4This manual describes how to install and use the GNU multiple precision
5arithmetic library, version 5.0.5.
6
7   Copyright 1991, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
82001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012
9Free Software Foundation, Inc.
10
11   Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
12document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version
131.3 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
14with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover Texts being "A GNU
15Manual", and with the Back-Cover Texts being "You have freedom to copy
16and modify this GNU Manual, like GNU software".  A copy of the license
17is included in *note GNU Free Documentation License::.
18
19INFO-DIR-SECTION GNU libraries
20START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
21* gmp: (gmp).                   GNU Multiple Precision Arithmetic Library.
22END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
23
24
25File: gmp.info,  Node: Top,  Next: Copying,  Prev: (dir),  Up: (dir)
26
27GNU MP
28******
29
30   This manual describes how to install and use the GNU multiple
31precision arithmetic library, version 5.0.5.
32
33   Copyright 1991, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
342001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012
35Free Software Foundation, Inc.
36
37   Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
38document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version
391.3 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
40with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover Texts being "A GNU
41Manual", and with the Back-Cover Texts being "You have freedom to copy
42and modify this GNU Manual, like GNU software".  A copy of the license
43is included in *note GNU Free Documentation License::.
44
45
46* Menu:
47
48* Copying::                    GMP Copying Conditions (LGPL).
49* Introduction to GMP::        Brief introduction to GNU MP.
50* Installing GMP::             How to configure and compile the GMP library.
51* GMP Basics::                 What every GMP user should know.
52* Reporting Bugs::             How to usefully report bugs.
53* Integer Functions::          Functions for arithmetic on signed integers.
54* Rational Number Functions::  Functions for arithmetic on rational numbers.
55* Floating-point Functions::   Functions for arithmetic on floats.
56* Low-level Functions::        Fast functions for natural numbers.
57* Random Number Functions::    Functions for generating random numbers.
58* Formatted Output::           `printf' style output.
59* Formatted Input::            `scanf' style input.
60* C++ Class Interface::        Class wrappers around GMP types.
61* BSD Compatible Functions::   All functions found in BSD MP.
62* Custom Allocation::          How to customize the internal allocation.
63* Language Bindings::          Using GMP from other languages.
64* Algorithms::                 What happens behind the scenes.
65* Internals::                  How values are represented behind the scenes.
66
67* Contributors::               Who brings you this library?
68* References::                 Some useful papers and books to read.
69* GNU Free Documentation License::
70* Concept Index::
71* Function Index::
72
73
74File: gmp.info,  Node: Copying,  Next: Introduction to GMP,  Prev: Top,  Up: Top
75
76GNU MP Copying Conditions
77*************************
78
79This library is "free"; this means that everyone is free to use it and
80free to redistribute it on a free basis.  The library is not in the
81public domain; it is copyrighted and there are restrictions on its
82distribution, but these restrictions are designed to permit everything
83that a good cooperating citizen would want to do.  What is not allowed
84is to try to prevent others from further sharing any version of this
85library that they might get from you.
86
87   Specifically, we want to make sure that you have the right to give
88away copies of the library, that you receive source code or else can
89get it if you want it, that you can change this library or use pieces
90of it in new free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
91
92   To make sure that everyone has such rights, we have to forbid you to
93deprive anyone else of these rights.  For example, if you distribute
94copies of the GNU MP library, you must give the recipients all the
95rights that you have.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or
96can get the source code.  And you must tell them their rights.
97
98   Also, for our own protection, we must make certain that everyone
99finds out that there is no warranty for the GNU MP library.  If it is
100modified by someone else and passed on, we want their recipients to
101know that what they have is not what we distributed, so that any
102problems introduced by others will not reflect on our reputation.
103
104   The precise conditions of the license for the GNU MP library are
105found in the Lesser General Public License version 3 that accompanies
106the source code, see `COPYING.LIB'.  Certain demonstration programs are
107provided under the terms of the plain General Public License version 3,
108see `COPYING'.
109
110
111File: gmp.info,  Node: Introduction to GMP,  Next: Installing GMP,  Prev: Copying,  Up: Top
112
1131 Introduction to GNU MP
114************************
115
116GNU MP is a portable library written in C for arbitrary precision
117arithmetic on integers, rational numbers, and floating-point numbers.
118It aims to provide the fastest possible arithmetic for all applications
119that need higher precision than is directly supported by the basic C
120types.
121
122   Many applications use just a few hundred bits of precision; but some
123applications may need thousands or even millions of bits.  GMP is
124designed to give good performance for both, by choosing algorithms
125based on the sizes of the operands, and by carefully keeping the
126overhead at a minimum.
127
128   The speed of GMP is achieved by using fullwords as the basic
129arithmetic type, by using sophisticated algorithms, by including
130carefully optimized assembly code for the most common inner loops for
131many different CPUs, and by a general emphasis on speed (as opposed to
132simplicity or elegance).
133
134   There is assembly code for these CPUs: ARM, DEC Alpha 21064, 21164,
135and 21264, AMD 29000, AMD K6, K6-2, Athlon, and Athlon64, Hitachi
136SuperH and SH-2, HPPA 1.0, 1.1 and 2.0, Intel Pentium, Pentium
137Pro/II/III, Pentium 4, generic x86, Intel IA-64, i960, Motorola
138MC68000, MC68020, MC88100, and MC88110, Motorola/IBM PowerPC 32 and 64,
139National NS32000, IBM POWER, MIPS R3000, R4000, SPARCv7, SuperSPARC,
140generic SPARCv8, UltraSPARC, DEC VAX, and Zilog Z8000.  Some
141optimizations also for Cray vector systems, Clipper, IBM ROMP (RT), and
142Pyramid AP/XP.
143
144For up-to-date information on GMP, please see the GMP web pages at
145
146     `http://gmplib.org/'
147
148The latest version of the library is available at
149
150     `ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gmp/'
151
152   Many sites around the world mirror `ftp.gnu.org', please use a mirror
153near you, see `http://www.gnu.org/order/ftp.html' for a full list.
154
155   There are three public mailing lists of interest.  One for release
156announcements, one for general questions and discussions about usage of
157the GMP library and one for bug reports.  For more information, see
158
159     `http://gmplib.org/mailman/listinfo/'.
160
161   The proper place for bug reports is <[email protected]>.  See
162*note Reporting Bugs:: for information about reporting bugs.
163
164
1651.1 How to use this Manual
166==========================
167
168Everyone should read *note GMP Basics::.  If you need to install the
169library yourself, then read *note Installing GMP::.  If you have a
170system with multiple ABIs, then read *note ABI and ISA::, for the
171compiler options that must be used on applications.
172
173   The rest of the manual can be used for later reference, although it
174is probably a good idea to glance through it.
175
176
177File: gmp.info,  Node: Installing GMP,  Next: GMP Basics,  Prev: Introduction to GMP,  Up: Top
178
1792 Installing GMP
180****************
181
182GMP has an autoconf/automake/libtool based configuration system.  On a
183Unix-like system a basic build can be done with
184
185     ./configure
186     make
187
188Some self-tests can be run with
189
190     make check
191
192And you can install (under `/usr/local' by default) with
193
194     make install
195
196   If you experience problems, please report them to
197<[email protected]>.  See *note Reporting Bugs::, for information on
198what to include in useful bug reports.
199
200* Menu:
201
202* Build Options::
203* ABI and ISA::
204* Notes for Package Builds::
205* Notes for Particular Systems::
206* Known Build Problems::
207* Performance optimization::
208
209
210File: gmp.info,  Node: Build Options,  Next: ABI and ISA,  Prev: Installing GMP,  Up: Installing GMP
211
2122.1 Build Options
213=================
214
215All the usual autoconf configure options are available, run `./configure
216--help' for a summary.  The file `INSTALL.autoconf' has some generic
217installation information too.
218
219Tools
220     `configure' requires various Unix-like tools.  See *note Notes for
221     Particular Systems::, for some options on non-Unix systems.
222
223     It might be possible to build without the help of `configure',
224     certainly all the code is there, but unfortunately you'll be on
225     your own.
226
227Build Directory
228     To compile in a separate build directory, `cd' to that directory,
229     and prefix the configure command with the path to the GMP source
230     directory.  For example
231
232          cd /my/build/dir
233          /my/sources/gmp-5.0.5/configure
234
235     Not all `make' programs have the necessary features (`VPATH') to
236     support this.  In particular, SunOS and Slowaris `make' have bugs
237     that make them unable to build in a separate directory.  Use GNU
238     `make' instead.
239
240`--prefix' and `--exec-prefix'
241     The `--prefix' option can be used in the normal way to direct GMP
242     to install under a particular tree.  The default is `/usr/local'.
243
244     `--exec-prefix' can be used to direct architecture-dependent files
245     like `libgmp.a' to a different location.  This can be used to share
246     architecture-independent parts like the documentation, but
247     separate the dependent parts.  Note however that `gmp.h' and
248     `mp.h' are architecture-dependent since they encode certain
249     aspects of `libgmp', so it will be necessary to ensure both
250     `$prefix/include' and `$exec_prefix/include' are available to the
251     compiler.
252
253`--disable-shared', `--disable-static'
254     By default both shared and static libraries are built (where
255     possible), but one or other can be disabled.  Shared libraries
256     result in smaller executables and permit code sharing between
257     separate running processes, but on some CPUs are slightly slower,
258     having a small cost on each function call.
259
260Native Compilation, `--build=CPU-VENDOR-OS'
261     For normal native compilation, the system can be specified with
262     `--build'.  By default `./configure' uses the output from running
263     `./config.guess'.  On some systems `./config.guess' can determine
264     the exact CPU type, on others it will be necessary to give it
265     explicitly.  For example,
266
267          ./configure --build=ultrasparc-sun-solaris2.7
268
269     In all cases the `OS' part is important, since it controls how
270     libtool generates shared libraries.  Running `./config.guess' is
271     the simplest way to see what it should be, if you don't know
272     already.
273
274Cross Compilation, `--host=CPU-VENDOR-OS'
275     When cross-compiling, the system used for compiling is given by
276     `--build' and the system where the library will run is given by
277     `--host'.  For example when using a FreeBSD Athlon system to build
278     GNU/Linux m68k binaries,
279
280          ./configure --build=athlon-pc-freebsd3.5 --host=m68k-mac-linux-gnu
281
282     Compiler tools are sought first with the host system type as a
283     prefix.  For example `m68k-mac-linux-gnu-ranlib' is tried, then
284     plain `ranlib'.  This makes it possible for a set of
285     cross-compiling tools to co-exist with native tools.  The prefix
286     is the argument to `--host', and this can be an alias, such as
287     `m68k-linux'.  But note that tools don't have to be setup this
288     way, it's enough to just have a `PATH' with a suitable
289     cross-compiling `cc' etc.
290
291     Compiling for a different CPU in the same family as the build
292     system is a form of cross-compilation, though very possibly this
293     would merely be special options on a native compiler.  In any case
294     `./configure' avoids depending on being able to run code on the
295     build system, which is important when creating binaries for a
296     newer CPU since they very possibly won't run on the build system.
297
298     In all cases the compiler must be able to produce an executable
299     (of whatever format) from a standard C `main'.  Although only
300     object files will go to make up `libgmp', `./configure' uses
301     linking tests for various purposes, such as determining what
302     functions are available on the host system.
303
304     Currently a warning is given unless an explicit `--build' is used
305     when cross-compiling, because it may not be possible to correctly
306     guess the build system type if the `PATH' has only a
307     cross-compiling `cc'.
308
309     Note that the `--target' option is not appropriate for GMP.  It's
310     for use when building compiler tools, with `--host' being where
311     they will run, and `--target' what they'll produce code for.
312     Ordinary programs or libraries like GMP are only interested in the
313     `--host' part, being where they'll run.  (Some past versions of
314     GMP used `--target' incorrectly.)
315
316CPU types
317     In general, if you want a library that runs as fast as possible,
318     you should configure GMP for the exact CPU type your system uses.
319     However, this may mean the binaries won't run on older members of
320     the family, and might run slower on other members, older or newer.
321     The best idea is always to build GMP for the exact machine type
322     you intend to run it on.
323
324     The following CPUs have specific support.  See `configure.in' for
325     details of what code and compiler options they select.
326
327        * Alpha: alpha, alphaev5, alphaev56, alphapca56, alphapca57,
328          alphaev6, alphaev67, alphaev68 alphaev7
329
330        * Cray: c90, j90, t90, sv1
331
332        * HPPA: hppa1.0, hppa1.1, hppa2.0, hppa2.0n, hppa2.0w, hppa64
333
334        * IA-64: ia64, itanium, itanium2
335
336        * MIPS: mips, mips3, mips64
337
338        * Motorola: m68k, m68000, m68010, m68020, m68030, m68040,
339          m68060, m68302, m68360, m88k, m88110
340
341        * POWER: power, power1, power2, power2sc
342
343        * PowerPC: powerpc, powerpc64, powerpc401, powerpc403,
344          powerpc405, powerpc505, powerpc601, powerpc602, powerpc603,
345          powerpc603e, powerpc604, powerpc604e, powerpc620, powerpc630,
346          powerpc740, powerpc7400, powerpc7450, powerpc750, powerpc801,
347          powerpc821, powerpc823, powerpc860, powerpc970
348
349        * SPARC: sparc, sparcv8, microsparc, supersparc, sparcv9,
350          ultrasparc, ultrasparc2, ultrasparc2i, ultrasparc3, sparc64
351
352        * x86 family: i386, i486, i586, pentium, pentiummmx, pentiumpro,
353          pentium2, pentium3, pentium4, k6, k62, k63, athlon, amd64,
354          viac3, viac32
355
356        * Other: a29k, arm, clipper, i960, ns32k, pyramid, sh, sh2, vax,
357          z8k
358
359     CPUs not listed will use generic C code.
360
361Generic C Build
362     If some of the assembly code causes problems, or if otherwise
363     desired, the generic C code can be selected with CPU `none'.  For
364     example,
365
366          ./configure --host=none-unknown-freebsd3.5
367
368     Note that this will run quite slowly, but it should be portable
369     and should at least make it possible to get something running if
370     all else fails.
371
372Fat binary, `--enable-fat'
373     Using `--enable-fat' selects a "fat binary" build on x86, where
374     optimized low level subroutines are chosen at runtime according to
375     the CPU detected.  This means more code, but gives good
376     performance on all x86 chips.  (This option might become available
377     for more architectures in the future.)
378
379`ABI'
380     On some systems GMP supports multiple ABIs (application binary
381     interfaces), meaning data type sizes and calling conventions.  By
382     default GMP chooses the best ABI available, but a particular ABI
383     can be selected.  For example
384
385          ./configure --host=mips64-sgi-irix6 ABI=n32
386
387     See *note ABI and ISA::, for the available choices on relevant
388     CPUs, and what applications need to do.
389
390`CC', `CFLAGS'
391     By default the C compiler used is chosen from among some likely
392     candidates, with `gcc' normally preferred if it's present.  The
393     usual `CC=whatever' can be passed to `./configure' to choose
394     something different.
395
396     For various systems, default compiler flags are set based on the
397     CPU and compiler.  The usual `CFLAGS="-whatever"' can be passed to
398     `./configure' to use something different or to set good flags for
399     systems GMP doesn't otherwise know.
400
401     The `CC' and `CFLAGS' used are printed during `./configure', and
402     can be found in each generated `Makefile'.  This is the easiest way
403     to check the defaults when considering changing or adding
404     something.
405
406     Note that when `CC' and `CFLAGS' are specified on a system
407     supporting multiple ABIs it's important to give an explicit
408     `ABI=whatever', since GMP can't determine the ABI just from the
409     flags and won't be able to select the correct assembly code.
410
411     If just `CC' is selected then normal default `CFLAGS' for that
412     compiler will be used (if GMP recognises it).  For example
413     `CC=gcc' can be used to force the use of GCC, with default flags
414     (and default ABI).
415
416`CPPFLAGS'
417     Any flags like `-D' defines or `-I' includes required by the
418     preprocessor should be set in `CPPFLAGS' rather than `CFLAGS'.
419     Compiling is done with both `CPPFLAGS' and `CFLAGS', but
420     preprocessing uses just `CPPFLAGS'.  This distinction is because
421     most preprocessors won't accept all the flags the compiler does.
422     Preprocessing is done separately in some configure tests, and in
423     the `ansi2knr' support for K&R compilers.
424
425`CC_FOR_BUILD'
426     Some build-time programs are compiled and run to generate
427     host-specific data tables.  `CC_FOR_BUILD' is the compiler used
428     for this.  It doesn't need to be in any particular ABI or mode, it
429     merely needs to generate executables that can run.  The default is
430     to try the selected `CC' and some likely candidates such as `cc'
431     and `gcc', looking for something that works.
432
433     No flags are used with `CC_FOR_BUILD' because a simple invocation
434     like `cc foo.c' should be enough.  If some particular options are
435     required they can be included as for instance `CC_FOR_BUILD="cc
436     -whatever"'.
437
438C++ Support, `--enable-cxx'
439     C++ support in GMP can be enabled with `--enable-cxx', in which
440     case a C++ compiler will be required.  As a convenience
441     `--enable-cxx=detect' can be used to enable C++ support only if a
442     compiler can be found.  The C++ support consists of a library
443     `libgmpxx.la' and header file `gmpxx.h' (*note Headers and
444     Libraries::).
445
446     A separate `libgmpxx.la' has been adopted rather than having C++
447     objects within `libgmp.la' in order to ensure dynamic linked C
448     programs aren't bloated by a dependency on the C++ standard
449     library, and to avoid any chance that the C++ compiler could be
450     required when linking plain C programs.
451
452     `libgmpxx.la' will use certain internals from `libgmp.la' and can
453     only be expected to work with `libgmp.la' from the same GMP
454     version.  Future changes to the relevant internals will be
455     accompanied by renaming, so a mismatch will cause unresolved
456     symbols rather than perhaps mysterious misbehaviour.
457
458     In general `libgmpxx.la' will be usable only with the C++ compiler
459     that built it, since name mangling and runtime support are usually
460     incompatible between different compilers.
461
462`CXX', `CXXFLAGS'
463     When C++ support is enabled, the C++ compiler and its flags can be
464     set with variables `CXX' and `CXXFLAGS' in the usual way.  The
465     default for `CXX' is the first compiler that works from a list of
466     likely candidates, with `g++' normally preferred when available.
467     The default for `CXXFLAGS' is to try `CFLAGS', `CFLAGS' without
468     `-g', then for `g++' either `-g -O2' or `-O2', or for other
469     compilers `-g' or nothing.  Trying `CFLAGS' this way is convenient
470     when using `gcc' and `g++' together, since the flags for `gcc' will
471     usually suit `g++'.
472
473     It's important that the C and C++ compilers match, meaning their
474     startup and runtime support routines are compatible and that they
475     generate code in the same ABI (if there's a choice of ABIs on the
476     system).  `./configure' isn't currently able to check these things
477     very well itself, so for that reason `--disable-cxx' is the
478     default, to avoid a build failure due to a compiler mismatch.
479     Perhaps this will change in the future.
480
481     Incidentally, it's normally not good enough to set `CXX' to the
482     same as `CC'.  Although `gcc' for instance recognises `foo.cc' as
483     C++ code, only `g++' will invoke the linker the right way when
484     building an executable or shared library from C++ object files.
485
486Temporary Memory, `--enable-alloca=<choice>'
487     GMP allocates temporary workspace using one of the following three
488     methods, which can be selected with for instance
489     `--enable-alloca=malloc-reentrant'.
490
491        * `alloca' - C library or compiler builtin.
492
493        * `malloc-reentrant' - the heap, in a re-entrant fashion.
494
495        * `malloc-notreentrant' - the heap, with global variables.
496
497     For convenience, the following choices are also available.
498     `--disable-alloca' is the same as `no'.
499
500        * `yes' - a synonym for `alloca'.
501
502        * `no' - a synonym for `malloc-reentrant'.
503
504        * `reentrant' - `alloca' if available, otherwise
505          `malloc-reentrant'.  This is the default.
506
507        * `notreentrant' - `alloca' if available, otherwise
508          `malloc-notreentrant'.
509
510     `alloca' is reentrant and fast, and is recommended.  It actually
511     allocates just small blocks on the stack; larger ones use
512     malloc-reentrant.
513
514     `malloc-reentrant' is, as the name suggests, reentrant and thread
515     safe, but `malloc-notreentrant' is faster and should be used if
516     reentrancy is not required.
517
518     The two malloc methods in fact use the memory allocation functions
519     selected by `mp_set_memory_functions', these being `malloc' and
520     friends by default.  *Note Custom Allocation::.
521
522     An additional choice `--enable-alloca=debug' is available, to help
523     when debugging memory related problems (*note Debugging::).
524
525FFT Multiplication, `--disable-fft'
526     By default multiplications are done using Karatsuba, 3-way Toom,
527     higher degree Toom, and Fermat FFT.  The FFT is only used on large
528     to very large operands and can be disabled to save code size if
529     desired.
530
531Berkeley MP, `--enable-mpbsd'
532     The Berkeley MP compatibility library (`libmp') and header file
533     (`mp.h') are built and installed only if `--enable-mpbsd' is used.
534     *Note BSD Compatible Functions::.
535
536Assertion Checking, `--enable-assert'
537     This option enables some consistency checking within the library.
538     This can be of use while debugging, *note Debugging::.
539
540Execution Profiling, `--enable-profiling=prof/gprof/instrument'
541     Enable profiling support, in one of various styles, *note
542     Profiling::.
543
544`MPN_PATH'
545     Various assembly versions of each mpn subroutines are provided.
546     For a given CPU, a search is made though a path to choose a
547     version of each.  For example `sparcv8' has
548
549          MPN_PATH="sparc32/v8 sparc32 generic"
550
551     which means look first for v8 code, then plain sparc32 (which is
552     v7), and finally fall back on generic C.  Knowledgeable users with
553     special requirements can specify a different path.  Normally this
554     is completely unnecessary.
555
556Documentation
557     The source for the document you're now reading is `doc/gmp.texi',
558     in Texinfo format, see *note Texinfo: (texinfo)Top.
559
560     Info format `doc/gmp.info' is included in the distribution.  The
561     usual automake targets are available to make PostScript, DVI, PDF
562     and HTML (these will require various TeX and Texinfo tools).
563
564     DocBook and XML can be generated by the Texinfo `makeinfo' program
565     too, see *note Options for `makeinfo': (texinfo)makeinfo options.
566
567     Some supplementary notes can also be found in the `doc'
568     subdirectory.
569
570
571
572File: gmp.info,  Node: ABI and ISA,  Next: Notes for Package Builds,  Prev: Build Options,  Up: Installing GMP
573
5742.2 ABI and ISA
575===============
576
577ABI (Application Binary Interface) refers to the calling conventions
578between functions, meaning what registers are used and what sizes the
579various C data types are.  ISA (Instruction Set Architecture) refers to
580the instructions and registers a CPU has available.
581
582   Some 64-bit ISA CPUs have both a 64-bit ABI and a 32-bit ABI
583defined, the latter for compatibility with older CPUs in the family.
584GMP supports some CPUs like this in both ABIs.  In fact within GMP
585`ABI' means a combination of chip ABI, plus how GMP chooses to use it.
586For example in some 32-bit ABIs, GMP may support a limb as either a
58732-bit `long' or a 64-bit `long long'.
588
589   By default GMP chooses the best ABI available for a given system,
590and this generally gives significantly greater speed.  But an ABI can
591be chosen explicitly to make GMP compatible with other libraries, or
592particular application requirements.  For example,
593
594     ./configure ABI=32
595
596   In all cases it's vital that all object code used in a given program
597is compiled for the same ABI.
598
599   Usually a limb is implemented as a `long'.  When a `long long' limb
600is used this is encoded in the generated `gmp.h'.  This is convenient
601for applications, but it does mean that `gmp.h' will vary, and can't be
602just copied around.  `gmp.h' remains compiler independent though, since
603all compilers for a particular ABI will be expected to use the same
604limb type.
605
606   Currently no attempt is made to follow whatever conventions a system
607has for installing library or header files built for a particular ABI.
608This will probably only matter when installing multiple builds of GMP,
609and it might be as simple as configuring with a special `libdir', or it
610might require more than that.  Note that builds for different ABIs need
611to done separately, with a fresh `./configure' and `make' each.
612
613
614AMD64 (`x86_64')
615     On AMD64 systems supporting both 32-bit and 64-bit modes for
616     applications, the following ABI choices are available.
617
618    `ABI=64'
619          The 64-bit ABI uses 64-bit limbs and pointers and makes full
620          use of the chip architecture.  This is the default.
621          Applications will usually not need special compiler flags,
622          but for reference the option is
623
624               gcc  -m64
625
626    `ABI=32'
627          The 32-bit ABI is the usual i386 conventions.  This will be
628          slower, and is not recommended except for inter-operating
629          with other code not yet 64-bit capable.  Applications must be
630          compiled with
631
632               gcc  -m32
633
634          (In GCC 2.95 and earlier there's no `-m32' option, it's the
635          only mode.)
636
637
638HPPA 2.0 (`hppa2.0*', `hppa64')
639
640    `ABI=2.0w'
641          The 2.0w ABI uses 64-bit limbs and pointers and is available
642          on HP-UX 11 or up.  Applications must be compiled with
643
644               gcc [built for 2.0w]
645               cc  +DD64
646
647    `ABI=2.0n'
648          The 2.0n ABI means the 32-bit HPPA 1.0 ABI and all its normal
649          calling conventions, but with 64-bit instructions permitted
650          within functions.  GMP uses a 64-bit `long long' for a limb.
651          This ABI is available on hppa64 GNU/Linux and on HP-UX 10 or
652          higher.  Applications must be compiled with
653
654               gcc [built for 2.0n]
655               cc  +DA2.0 +e
656
657          Note that current versions of GCC (eg. 3.2) don't generate
658          64-bit instructions for `long long' operations and so may be
659          slower than for 2.0w.  (The GMP assembly code is the same
660          though.)
661
662    `ABI=1.0'
663          HPPA 2.0 CPUs can run all HPPA 1.0 and 1.1 code in the 32-bit
664          HPPA 1.0 ABI.  No special compiler options are needed for
665          applications.
666
667     All three ABIs are available for CPU types `hppa2.0w', `hppa2.0'
668     and `hppa64', but for CPU type `hppa2.0n' only 2.0n or 1.0 are
669     considered.
670
671     Note that GCC on HP-UX has no options to choose between 2.0n and
672     2.0w modes, unlike HP `cc'.  Instead it must be built for one or
673     the other ABI.  GMP will detect how it was built, and skip to the
674     corresponding `ABI'.
675
676
677IA-64 under HP-UX (`ia64*-*-hpux*', `itanium*-*-hpux*')
678     HP-UX supports two ABIs for IA-64.  GMP performance is the same in
679     both.
680
681    `ABI=32'
682          In the 32-bit ABI, pointers, `int's and `long's are 32 bits
683          and GMP uses a 64 bit `long long' for a limb.  Applications
684          can be compiled without any special flags since this ABI is
685          the default in both HP C and GCC, but for reference the flags
686          are
687
688               gcc  -milp32
689               cc   +DD32
690
691    `ABI=64'
692          In the 64-bit ABI, `long's and pointers are 64 bits and GMP
693          uses a `long' for a limb.  Applications must be compiled with
694
695               gcc  -mlp64
696               cc   +DD64
697
698     On other IA-64 systems, GNU/Linux for instance, `ABI=64' is the
699     only choice.
700
701
702MIPS under IRIX 6 (`mips*-*-irix[6789]')
703     IRIX 6 always has a 64-bit MIPS 3 or better CPU, and supports ABIs
704     o32, n32, and 64.  n32 or 64 are recommended, and GMP performance
705     will be the same in each.  The default is n32.
706
707    `ABI=o32'
708          The o32 ABI is 32-bit pointers and integers, and no 64-bit
709          operations.  GMP will be slower than in n32 or 64, this
710          option only exists to support old compilers, eg. GCC 2.7.2.
711          Applications can be compiled with no special flags on an old
712          compiler, or on a newer compiler with
713
714               gcc  -mabi=32
715               cc   -32
716
717    `ABI=n32'
718          The n32 ABI is 32-bit pointers and integers, but with a
719          64-bit limb using a `long long'.  Applications must be
720          compiled with
721
722               gcc  -mabi=n32
723               cc   -n32
724
725    `ABI=64'
726          The 64-bit ABI is 64-bit pointers and integers.  Applications
727          must be compiled with
728
729               gcc  -mabi=64
730               cc   -64
731
732     Note that MIPS GNU/Linux, as of kernel version 2.2, doesn't have
733     the necessary support for n32 or 64 and so only gets a 32-bit limb
734     and the MIPS 2 code.
735
736
737PowerPC 64 (`powerpc64', `powerpc620', `powerpc630', `powerpc970', `power4', `power5')
738
739    `ABI=aix64'
740          The AIX 64 ABI uses 64-bit limbs and pointers and is the
741          default on PowerPC 64 `*-*-aix*' systems.  Applications must
742          be compiled with
743
744               gcc  -maix64
745               xlc  -q64
746
747    `ABI=mode64'
748          The `mode64' ABI uses 64-bit limbs and pointers, and is the
749          default on 64-bit GNU/Linux, BSD, and Mac OS X/Darwin
750          systems.  Applications must be compiled with
751
752               gcc  -m64
753
754    `ABI=mode32'
755          The `mode32' ABI uses a 64-bit `long long' limb but with the
756          chip still in 32-bit mode and using 32-bit calling
757          conventions.  This is the default for systems where the true
758          64-bit ABI is unavailable.  No special compiler options are
759          typically needed for applications.
760
761    `ABI=32'
762          This is the basic 32-bit PowerPC ABI, with a 32-bit limb.  No
763          special compiler options are needed for applications.
764
765     GMP's speed is greatest for `aix64' and `mode64'.  In `ABI=32'
766     only the 32-bit ISA is used and this doesn't make full use of a
767     64-bit chip.  On a suitable system we could perhaps use more of
768     the ISA, but there are no plans to do so.
769
770
771Sparc V9 (`sparc64', `sparcv9', `ultrasparc*')
772
773    `ABI=64'
774          The 64-bit V9 ABI is available on the various BSD sparc64
775          ports, recent versions of Sparc64 GNU/Linux, and Solaris 2.7
776          and up (when the kernel is in 64-bit mode).  GCC 3.2 or
777          higher, or Sun `cc' is required.  On GNU/Linux, depending on
778          the default `gcc' mode, applications must be compiled with
779
780               gcc  -m64
781
782          On Solaris applications must be compiled with
783
784               gcc  -m64 -mptr64 -Wa,-xarch=v9 -mcpu=v9
785               cc   -xarch=v9
786
787          On the BSD sparc64 systems no special options are required,
788          since 64-bits is the only ABI available.
789
790    `ABI=32'
791          For the basic 32-bit ABI, GMP still uses as much of the V9
792          ISA as it can.  In the Sun documentation this combination is
793          known as "v8plus".  On GNU/Linux, depending on the default
794          `gcc' mode, applications may need to be compiled with
795
796               gcc  -m32
797
798          On Solaris, no special compiler options are required for
799          applications, though using something like the following is
800          recommended.  (`gcc' 2.8 and earlier only support `-mv8'
801          though.)
802
803               gcc  -mv8plus
804               cc   -xarch=v8plus
805
806     GMP speed is greatest in `ABI=64', so it's the default where
807     available.  The speed is partly because there are extra registers
808     available and partly because 64-bits is considered the more
809     important case and has therefore had better code written for it.
810
811     Don't be confused by the names of the `-m' and `-x' compiler
812     options, they're called `arch' but effectively control both ABI
813     and ISA.
814
815     On Solaris 2.6 and earlier, only `ABI=32' is available since the
816     kernel doesn't save all registers.
817
818     On Solaris 2.7 with the kernel in 32-bit mode, a normal native
819     build will reject `ABI=64' because the resulting executables won't
820     run.  `ABI=64' can still be built if desired by making it look
821     like a cross-compile, for example
822
823          ./configure --build=none --host=sparcv9-sun-solaris2.7 ABI=64
824
825
826File: gmp.info,  Node: Notes for Package Builds,  Next: Notes for Particular Systems,  Prev: ABI and ISA,  Up: Installing GMP
827
8282.3 Notes for Package Builds
829============================
830
831GMP should present no great difficulties for packaging in a binary
832distribution.
833
834   Libtool is used to build the library and `-version-info' is set
835appropriately, having started from `3:0:0' in GMP 3.0 (*note Library
836interface versions: (libtool)Versioning.).
837
838   The GMP 4 series will be upwardly binary compatible in each release
839and will be upwardly binary compatible with all of the GMP 3 series.
840Additional function interfaces may be added in each release, so on
841systems where libtool versioning is not fully checked by the loader an
842auxiliary mechanism may be needed to express that a dynamic linked
843application depends on a new enough GMP.
844
845   An auxiliary mechanism may also be needed to express that
846`libgmpxx.la' (from `--enable-cxx', *note Build Options::) requires
847`libgmp.la' from the same GMP version, since this is not done by the
848libtool versioning, nor otherwise.  A mismatch will result in
849unresolved symbols from the linker, or perhaps the loader.
850
851   When building a package for a CPU family, care should be taken to use
852`--host' (or `--build') to choose the least common denominator among
853the CPUs which might use the package.  For example this might mean plain
854`sparc' (meaning V7) for SPARCs.
855
856   For x86s, `--enable-fat' sets things up for a fat binary build,
857making a runtime selection of optimized low level routines.  This is a
858good choice for packaging to run on a range of x86 chips.
859
860   Users who care about speed will want GMP built for their exact CPU
861type, to make best use of the available optimizations.  Providing a way
862to suitably rebuild a package may be useful.  This could be as simple
863as making it possible for a user to omit `--build' (and `--host') so
864`./config.guess' will detect the CPU.  But a way to manually specify a
865`--build' will be wanted for systems where `./config.guess' is inexact.
866
867   On systems with multiple ABIs, a packaged build will need to decide
868which among the choices is to be provided, see *note ABI and ISA::.  A
869given run of `./configure' etc will only build one ABI.  If a second
870ABI is also required then a second run of `./configure' etc must be
871made, starting from a clean directory tree (`make distclean').
872
873   As noted under "ABI and ISA", currently no attempt is made to follow
874system conventions for install locations that vary with ABI, such as
875`/usr/lib/sparcv9' for `ABI=64' as opposed to `/usr/lib' for `ABI=32'.
876A package build can override `libdir' and other standard variables as
877necessary.
878
879   Note that `gmp.h' is a generated file, and will be architecture and
880ABI dependent.  When attempting to install two ABIs simultaneously it
881will be important that an application compile gets the correct `gmp.h'
882for its desired ABI.  If compiler include paths don't vary with ABI
883options then it might be necessary to create a `/usr/include/gmp.h'
884which tests preprocessor symbols and chooses the correct actual `gmp.h'.
885
886
887File: gmp.info,  Node: Notes for Particular Systems,  Next: Known Build Problems,  Prev: Notes for Package Builds,  Up: Installing GMP
888
8892.4 Notes for Particular Systems
890================================
891
892AIX 3 and 4
893     On systems `*-*-aix[34]*' shared libraries are disabled by
894     default, since some versions of the native `ar' fail on the
895     convenience libraries used.  A shared build can be attempted with
896
897          ./configure --enable-shared --disable-static
898
899     Note that the `--disable-static' is necessary because in a shared
900     build libtool makes `libgmp.a' a symlink to `libgmp.so',
901     apparently for the benefit of old versions of `ld' which only
902     recognise `.a', but unfortunately this is done even if a fully
903     functional `ld' is available.
904
905ARM
906     On systems `arm*-*-*', versions of GCC up to and including 2.95.3
907     have a bug in unsigned division, giving wrong results for some
908     operands.  GMP `./configure' will demand GCC 2.95.4 or later.
909
910Compaq C++
911     Compaq C++ on OSF 5.1 has two flavours of `iostream', a standard
912     one and an old pre-standard one (see `man iostream_intro').  GMP
913     can only use the standard one, which unfortunately is not the
914     default but must be selected by defining `__USE_STD_IOSTREAM'.
915     Configure with for instance
916
917          ./configure --enable-cxx CPPFLAGS=-D__USE_STD_IOSTREAM
918
919Floating Point Mode
920     On some systems, the hardware floating point has a control mode
921     which can set all operations to be done in a particular precision,
922     for instance single, double or extended on x86 systems (x87
923     floating point).  The GMP functions involving a `double' cannot be
924     expected to operate to their full precision when the hardware is
925     in single precision mode.  Of course this affects all code,
926     including application code, not just GMP.
927
928MS-DOS and MS Windows
929     On an MS-DOS system DJGPP can be used to build GMP, and on an MS
930     Windows system Cygwin, DJGPP and MINGW can be used.  All three are
931     excellent ports of GCC and the various GNU tools.
932
933          `http://www.cygwin.com/'
934          `http://www.delorie.com/djgpp/'
935          `http://www.mingw.org/'
936
937     Microsoft also publishes an Interix "Services for Unix" which can
938     be used to build GMP on Windows (with a normal `./configure'), but
939     it's not free software.
940
941MS Windows DLLs
942     On systems `*-*-cygwin*', `*-*-mingw*' and `*-*-pw32*' by default
943     GMP builds only a static library, but a DLL can be built instead
944     using
945
946          ./configure --disable-static --enable-shared
947
948     Static and DLL libraries can't both be built, since certain export
949     directives in `gmp.h' must be different.
950
951     A MINGW DLL build of GMP can be used with Microsoft C.  Libtool
952     doesn't install a `.lib' format import library, but it can be
953     created with MS `lib' as follows, and copied to the install
954     directory.  Similarly for `libmp' and `libgmpxx'.
955
956          cd .libs
957          lib /def:libgmp-3.dll.def /out:libgmp-3.lib
958
959     MINGW uses the C runtime library `msvcrt.dll' for I/O, so
960     applications wanting to use the GMP I/O routines must be compiled
961     with `cl /MD' to do the same.  If one of the other C runtime
962     library choices provided by MS C is desired then the suggestion is
963     to use the GMP string functions and confine I/O to the application.
964
965Motorola 68k CPU Types
966     `m68k' is taken to mean 68000.  `m68020' or higher will give a
967     performance boost on applicable CPUs.  `m68360' can be used for
968     CPU32 series chips.  `m68302' can be used for "Dragonball" series
969     chips, though this is merely a synonym for `m68000'.
970
971OpenBSD 2.6
972     `m4' in this release of OpenBSD has a bug in `eval' that makes it
973     unsuitable for `.asm' file processing.  `./configure' will detect
974     the problem and either abort or choose another m4 in the `PATH'.
975     The bug is fixed in OpenBSD 2.7, so either upgrade or use GNU m4.
976
977Power CPU Types
978     In GMP, CPU types `power*' and `powerpc*' will each use
979     instructions not available on the other, so it's important to
980     choose the right one for the CPU that will be used.  Currently GMP
981     has no assembly code support for using just the common instruction
982     subset.  To get executables that run on both, the current
983     suggestion is to use the generic C code (CPU `none'), possibly
984     with appropriate compiler options (like `-mcpu=common' for `gcc').
985     CPU `rs6000' (which is not a CPU but a family of workstations) is
986     accepted by `config.sub', but is currently equivalent to `none'.
987
988Sparc CPU Types
989     `sparcv8' or `supersparc' on relevant systems will give a
990     significant performance increase over the V7 code selected by plain
991     `sparc'.
992
993Sparc App Regs
994     The GMP assembly code for both 32-bit and 64-bit Sparc clobbers the
995     "application registers" `g2', `g3' and `g4', the same way that the
996     GCC default `-mapp-regs' does (*note SPARC Options: (gcc)SPARC
997     Options.).
998
999     This makes that code unsuitable for use with the special V9
1000     `-mcmodel=embmedany' (which uses `g4' as a data segment pointer),
1001     and for applications wanting to use those registers for special
1002     purposes.  In these cases the only suggestion currently is to
1003     build GMP with CPU `none' to avoid the assembly code.
1004
1005SunOS 4
1006     `/usr/bin/m4' lacks various features needed to process `.asm'
1007     files, and instead `./configure' will automatically use
1008     `/usr/5bin/m4', which we believe is always available (if not then
1009     use GNU m4).
1010
1011x86 CPU Types
1012     `i586', `pentium' or `pentiummmx' code is good for its intended P5
1013     Pentium chips, but quite slow when run on Intel P6 class chips
1014     (PPro, P-II, P-III).  `i386' is a better choice when making
1015     binaries that must run on both.
1016
1017x86 MMX and SSE2 Code
1018     If the CPU selected has MMX code but the assembler doesn't support
1019     it, a warning is given and non-MMX code is used instead.  This
1020     will be an inferior build, since the MMX code that's present is
1021     there because it's faster than the corresponding plain integer
1022     code.  The same applies to SSE2.
1023
1024     Old versions of `gas' don't support MMX instructions, in particular
1025     version 1.92.3 that comes with FreeBSD 2.2.8 or the more recent
1026     OpenBSD 3.1 doesn't.
1027
1028     Solaris 2.6 and 2.7 `as' generate incorrect object code for
1029     register to register `movq' instructions, and so can't be used for
1030     MMX code.  Install a recent `gas' if MMX code is wanted on these
1031     systems.
1032
1033
1034File: gmp.info,  Node: Known Build Problems,  Next: Performance optimization,  Prev: Notes for Particular Systems,  Up: Installing GMP
1035
10362.5 Known Build Problems
1037========================
1038
1039You might find more up-to-date information at `http://gmplib.org/'.
1040
1041Compiler link options
1042     The version of libtool currently in use rather aggressively strips
1043     compiler options when linking a shared library.  This will
1044     hopefully be relaxed in the future, but for now if this is a
1045     problem the suggestion is to create a little script to hide them,
1046     and for instance configure with
1047
1048          ./configure CC=gcc-with-my-options
1049
1050DJGPP (`*-*-msdosdjgpp*')
1051     The DJGPP port of `bash' 2.03 is unable to run the `configure'
1052     script, it exits silently, having died writing a preamble to
1053     `config.log'.  Use `bash' 2.04 or higher.
1054
1055     `make all' was found to run out of memory during the final
1056     `libgmp.la' link on one system tested, despite having 64Mb
1057     available.  Running `make libgmp.la' directly helped, perhaps
1058     recursing into the various subdirectories uses up memory.
1059
1060GNU binutils `strip' prior to 2.12
1061     `strip' from GNU binutils 2.11 and earlier should not be used on
1062     the static libraries `libgmp.a' and `libmp.a' since it will
1063     discard all but the last of multiple archive members with the same
1064     name, like the three versions of `init.o' in `libgmp.a'.  Binutils
1065     2.12 or higher can be used successfully.
1066
1067     The shared libraries `libgmp.so' and `libmp.so' are not affected by
1068     this and any version of `strip' can be used on them.
1069
1070`make' syntax error
1071     On certain versions of SCO OpenServer 5 and IRIX 6.5 the native
1072     `make' is unable to handle the long dependencies list for
1073     `libgmp.la'.  The symptom is a "syntax error" on the following
1074     line of the top-level `Makefile'.
1075
1076          libgmp.la: $(libgmp_la_OBJECTS) $(libgmp_la_DEPENDENCIES)
1077
1078     Either use GNU Make, or as a workaround remove
1079     `$(libgmp_la_DEPENDENCIES)' from that line (which will make the
1080     initial build work, but if any recompiling is done `libgmp.la'
1081     might not be rebuilt).
1082
1083MacOS X (`*-*-darwin*')
1084     Libtool currently only knows how to create shared libraries on
1085     MacOS X using the native `cc' (which is a modified GCC), not a
1086     plain GCC.  A static-only build should work though
1087     (`--disable-shared').
1088
1089NeXT prior to 3.3
1090     The system compiler on old versions of NeXT was a massacred and
1091     old GCC, even if it called itself `cc'.  This compiler cannot be
1092     used to build GMP, you need to get a real GCC, and install that.
1093     (NeXT may have fixed this in release 3.3 of their system.)
1094
1095POWER and PowerPC
1096     Bugs in GCC 2.7.2 (and 2.6.3) mean it can't be used to compile GMP
1097     on POWER or PowerPC.  If you want to use GCC for these machines,
1098     get GCC 2.7.2.1 (or later).
1099
1100Sequent Symmetry
1101     Use the GNU assembler instead of the system assembler, since the
1102     latter has serious bugs.
1103
1104Solaris 2.6
1105     The system `sed' prints an error "Output line too long" when
1106     libtool builds `libgmp.la'.  This doesn't seem to cause any
1107     obvious ill effects, but GNU `sed' is recommended, to avoid any
1108     doubt.
1109
1110Sparc Solaris 2.7 with gcc 2.95.2 in `ABI=32'
1111     A shared library build of GMP seems to fail in this combination,
1112     it builds but then fails the tests, apparently due to some
1113     incorrect data relocations within `gmp_randinit_lc_2exp_size'.
1114     The exact cause is unknown, `--disable-shared' is recommended.
1115
1116
1117File: gmp.info,  Node: Performance optimization,  Prev: Known Build Problems,  Up: Installing GMP
1118
11192.6 Performance optimization
1120============================
1121
1122For optimal performance, build GMP for the exact CPU type of the target
1123computer, see *note Build Options::.
1124
1125   Unlike what is the case for most other programs, the compiler
1126typically doesn't matter much, since GMP uses assembly language for the
1127most critical operation.
1128
1129   In particular for long-running GMP applications, and applications
1130demanding extremely large numbers, building and running the `tuneup'
1131program in the `tune' subdirectory, can be important.  For example,
1132
1133     cd tune
1134     make tuneup
1135     ./tuneup
1136
1137   will generate better contents for the `gmp-mparam.h' parameter file.
1138
1139   To use the results, put the output in the file indicated in the
1140`Parameters for ...' header.  Then recompile from scratch.
1141
1142   The `tuneup' program takes one useful parameter, `-f NNN', which
1143instructs the program how long to check FFT multiply parameters.  If
1144you're going to use GMP for extremely large numbers, you may want to
1145run `tuneup' with a large NNN value.
1146
1147
1148File: gmp.info,  Node: GMP Basics,  Next: Reporting Bugs,  Prev: Installing GMP,  Up: Top
1149
11503 GMP Basics
1151************
1152
1153*Using functions, macros, data types, etc. not documented in this
1154manual is strongly discouraged.  If you do so your application is
1155guaranteed to be incompatible with future versions of GMP.*
1156
1157* Menu:
1158
1159* Headers and Libraries::
1160* Nomenclature and Types::
1161* Function Classes::
1162* Variable Conventions::
1163* Parameter Conventions::
1164* Memory Management::
1165* Reentrancy::
1166* Useful Macros and Constants::
1167* Compatibility with older versions::
1168* Demonstration Programs::
1169* Efficiency::
1170* Debugging::
1171* Profiling::
1172* Autoconf::
1173* Emacs::
1174
1175
1176File: gmp.info,  Node: Headers and Libraries,  Next: Nomenclature and Types,  Prev: GMP Basics,  Up: GMP Basics
1177
11783.1 Headers and Libraries
1179=========================
1180
1181All declarations needed to use GMP are collected in the include file
1182`gmp.h'.  It is designed to work with both C and C++ compilers.
1183
1184     #include <gmp.h>
1185
1186   Note however that prototypes for GMP functions with `FILE *'
1187parameters are only provided if `<stdio.h>' is included too.
1188
1189     #include <stdio.h>
1190     #include <gmp.h>
1191
1192   Likewise `<stdarg.h>' (or `<varargs.h>') is required for prototypes
1193with `va_list' parameters, such as `gmp_vprintf'.  And `<obstack.h>'
1194for prototypes with `struct obstack' parameters, such as
1195`gmp_obstack_printf', when available.
1196
1197   All programs using GMP must link against the `libgmp' library.  On a
1198typical Unix-like system this can be done with `-lgmp', for example
1199
1200     gcc myprogram.c -lgmp
1201
1202   GMP C++ functions are in a separate `libgmpxx' library.  This is
1203built and installed if C++ support has been enabled (*note Build
1204Options::).  For example,
1205
1206     g++ mycxxprog.cc -lgmpxx -lgmp
1207
1208   GMP is built using Libtool and an application can use that to link
1209if desired, *note GNU Libtool: (libtool)Top.
1210
1211   If GMP has been installed to a non-standard location then it may be
1212necessary to use `-I' and `-L' compiler options to point to the right
1213directories, and some sort of run-time path for a shared library.
1214
1215
1216File: gmp.info,  Node: Nomenclature and Types,  Next: Function Classes,  Prev: Headers and Libraries,  Up: GMP Basics
1217
12183.2 Nomenclature and Types
1219==========================
1220
1221In this manual, "integer" usually means a multiple precision integer, as
1222defined by the GMP library.  The C data type for such integers is
1223`mpz_t'.  Here are some examples of how to declare such integers:
1224
1225     mpz_t sum;
1226
1227     struct foo { mpz_t x, y; };
1228
1229     mpz_t vec[20];
1230
1231   "Rational number" means a multiple precision fraction.  The C data
1232type for these fractions is `mpq_t'.  For example:
1233
1234     mpq_t quotient;
1235
1236   "Floating point number" or "Float" for short, is an arbitrary
1237precision mantissa with a limited precision exponent.  The C data type
1238for such objects is `mpf_t'.  For example:
1239
1240     mpf_t fp;
1241
1242   The floating point functions accept and return exponents in the C
1243type `mp_exp_t'.  Currently this is usually a `long', but on some
1244systems it's an `int' for efficiency.
1245
1246   A "limb" means the part of a multi-precision number that fits in a
1247single machine word.  (We chose this word because a limb of the human
1248body is analogous to a digit, only larger, and containing several
1249digits.)  Normally a limb is 32 or 64 bits.  The C data type for a limb
1250is `mp_limb_t'.
1251
1252   Counts of limbs of a multi-precision number represented in the C type
1253`mp_size_t'.  Currently this is normally a `long', but on some systems
1254it's an `int' for efficiency, and on some systems it will be `long
1255long' in the future.
1256
1257   Counts of bits of a multi-precision number are represented in the C
1258type `mp_bitcnt_t'.  Currently this is always an `unsigned long', but on
1259some systems it will be an `unsigned long long' in the future.
1260
1261   "Random state" means an algorithm selection and current state data.
1262The C data type for such objects is `gmp_randstate_t'.  For example:
1263
1264     gmp_randstate_t rstate;
1265
1266   Also, in general `mp_bitcnt_t' is used for bit counts and ranges, and
1267`size_t' is used for byte or character counts.
1268
1269
1270File: gmp.info,  Node: Function Classes,  Next: Variable Conventions,  Prev: Nomenclature and Types,  Up: GMP Basics
1271
12723.3 Function Classes
1273====================
1274
1275There are six classes of functions in the GMP library:
1276
1277  1. Functions for signed integer arithmetic, with names beginning with
1278     `mpz_'.  The associated type is `mpz_t'.  There are about 150
1279     functions in this class.  (*note Integer Functions::)
1280
1281  2. Functions for rational number arithmetic, with names beginning with
1282     `mpq_'.  The associated type is `mpq_t'.  There are about 40
1283     functions in this class, but the integer functions can be used for
1284     arithmetic on the numerator and denominator separately.  (*note
1285     Rational Number Functions::)
1286
1287  3. Functions for floating-point arithmetic, with names beginning with
1288     `mpf_'.  The associated type is `mpf_t'.  There are about 60
1289     functions is this class.  (*note Floating-point Functions::)
1290
1291  4. Functions compatible with Berkeley MP, such as `itom', `madd', and
1292     `mult'.  The associated type is `MINT'.  (*note BSD Compatible
1293     Functions::)
1294
1295  5. Fast low-level functions that operate on natural numbers.  These
1296     are used by the functions in the preceding groups, and you can
1297     also call them directly from very time-critical user programs.
1298     These functions' names begin with `mpn_'.  The associated type is
1299     array of `mp_limb_t'.  There are about 30 (hard-to-use) functions
1300     in this class.  (*note Low-level Functions::)
1301
1302  6. Miscellaneous functions.  Functions for setting up custom
1303     allocation and functions for generating random numbers.  (*note
1304     Custom Allocation::, and *note Random Number Functions::)
1305
1306
1307File: gmp.info,  Node: Variable Conventions,  Next: Parameter Conventions,  Prev: Function Classes,  Up: GMP Basics
1308
13093.4 Variable Conventions
1310========================
1311
1312GMP functions generally have output arguments before input arguments.
1313This notation is by analogy with the assignment operator.  The BSD MP
1314compatibility functions are exceptions, having the output arguments
1315last.
1316
1317   GMP lets you use the same variable for both input and output in one
1318call.  For example, the main function for integer multiplication,
1319`mpz_mul', can be used to square `x' and put the result back in `x' with
1320
1321     mpz_mul (x, x, x);
1322
1323   Before you can assign to a GMP variable, you need to initialize it
1324by calling one of the special initialization functions.  When you're
1325done with a variable, you need to clear it out, using one of the
1326functions for that purpose.  Which function to use depends on the type
1327of variable.  See the chapters on integer functions, rational number
1328functions, and floating-point functions for details.
1329
1330   A variable should only be initialized once, or at least cleared
1331between each initialization.  After a variable has been initialized, it
1332may be assigned to any number of times.
1333
1334   For efficiency reasons, avoid excessive initializing and clearing.
1335In general, initialize near the start of a function and clear near the
1336end.  For example,
1337
1338     void
1339     foo (void)
1340     {
1341       mpz_t  n;
1342       int    i;
1343       mpz_init (n);
1344       for (i = 1; i < 100; i++)
1345         {
1346           mpz_mul (n, ...);
1347           mpz_fdiv_q (n, ...);
1348           ...
1349         }
1350       mpz_clear (n);
1351     }
1352
1353
1354File: gmp.info,  Node: Parameter Conventions,  Next: Memory Management,  Prev: Variable Conventions,  Up: GMP Basics
1355
13563.5 Parameter Conventions
1357=========================
1358
1359When a GMP variable is used as a function parameter, it's effectively a
1360call-by-reference, meaning if the function stores a value there it will
1361change the original in the caller.  Parameters which are input-only can
1362be designated `const' to provoke a compiler error or warning on
1363attempting to modify them.
1364
1365   When a function is going to return a GMP result, it should designate
1366a parameter that it sets, like the library functions do.  More than one
1367value can be returned by having more than one output parameter, again
1368like the library functions.  A `return' of an `mpz_t' etc doesn't
1369return the object, only a pointer, and this is almost certainly not
1370what's wanted.
1371
1372   Here's an example accepting an `mpz_t' parameter, doing a
1373calculation, and storing the result to the indicated parameter.
1374
1375     void
1376     foo (mpz_t result, const mpz_t param, unsigned long n)
1377     {
1378       unsigned long  i;
1379       mpz_mul_ui (result, param, n);
1380       for (i = 1; i < n; i++)
1381         mpz_add_ui (result, result, i*7);
1382     }
1383
1384     int
1385     main (void)
1386     {
1387       mpz_t  r, n;
1388       mpz_init (r);
1389       mpz_init_set_str (n, "123456", 0);
1390       foo (r, n, 20L);
1391       gmp_printf ("%Zd\n", r);
1392       return 0;
1393     }
1394
1395   `foo' works even if the mainline passes the same variable for
1396`param' and `result', just like the library functions.  But sometimes
1397it's tricky to make that work, and an application might not want to
1398bother supporting that sort of thing.
1399
1400   For interest, the GMP types `mpz_t' etc are implemented as
1401one-element arrays of certain structures.  This is why declaring a
1402variable creates an object with the fields GMP needs, but then using it
1403as a parameter passes a pointer to the object.  Note that the actual
1404fields in each `mpz_t' etc are for internal use only and should not be
1405accessed directly by code that expects to be compatible with future GMP
1406releases.
1407
1408
1409File: gmp.info,  Node: Memory Management,  Next: Reentrancy,  Prev: Parameter Conventions,  Up: GMP Basics
1410
14113.6 Memory Management
1412=====================
1413
1414The GMP types like `mpz_t' are small, containing only a couple of sizes,
1415and pointers to allocated data.  Once a variable is initialized, GMP
1416takes care of all space allocation.  Additional space is allocated
1417whenever a variable doesn't have enough.
1418
1419   `mpz_t' and `mpq_t' variables never reduce their allocated space.
1420Normally this is the best policy, since it avoids frequent reallocation.
1421Applications that need to return memory to the heap at some particular
1422point can use `mpz_realloc2', or clear variables no longer needed.
1423
1424   `mpf_t' variables, in the current implementation, use a fixed amount
1425of space, determined by the chosen precision and allocated at
1426initialization, so their size doesn't change.
1427
1428   All memory is allocated using `malloc' and friends by default, but
1429this can be changed, see *note Custom Allocation::.  Temporary memory
1430on the stack is also used (via `alloca'), but this can be changed at
1431build-time if desired, see *note Build Options::.
1432
1433
1434File: gmp.info,  Node: Reentrancy,  Next: Useful Macros and Constants,  Prev: Memory Management,  Up: GMP Basics
1435
14363.7 Reentrancy
1437==============
1438
1439GMP is reentrant and thread-safe, with some exceptions:
1440
1441   * If configured with `--enable-alloca=malloc-notreentrant' (or with
1442     `--enable-alloca=notreentrant' when `alloca' is not available),
1443     then naturally GMP is not reentrant.
1444
1445   * `mpf_set_default_prec' and `mpf_init' use a global variable for the
1446     selected precision.  `mpf_init2' can be used instead, and in the
1447     C++ interface an explicit precision to the `mpf_class' constructor.
1448
1449   * `mpz_random' and the other old random number functions use a global
1450     random state and are hence not reentrant.  The newer random number
1451     functions that accept a `gmp_randstate_t' parameter can be used
1452     instead.
1453
1454   * `gmp_randinit' (obsolete) returns an error indication through a
1455     global variable, which is not thread safe.  Applications are
1456     advised to use `gmp_randinit_default' or `gmp_randinit_lc_2exp'
1457     instead.
1458
1459   * `mp_set_memory_functions' uses global variables to store the
1460     selected memory allocation functions.
1461
1462   * If the memory allocation functions set by a call to
1463     `mp_set_memory_functions' (or `malloc' and friends by default) are
1464     not reentrant, then GMP will not be reentrant either.
1465
1466   * If the standard I/O functions such as `fwrite' are not reentrant
1467     then the GMP I/O functions using them will not be reentrant either.
1468
1469   * It's safe for two threads to read from the same GMP variable
1470     simultaneously, but it's not safe for one to read while the
1471     another might be writing, nor for two threads to write
1472     simultaneously.  It's not safe for two threads to generate a
1473     random number from the same `gmp_randstate_t' simultaneously,
1474     since this involves an update of that variable.
1475
1476
1477File: gmp.info,  Node: Useful Macros and Constants,  Next: Compatibility with older versions,  Prev: Reentrancy,  Up: GMP Basics
1478
14793.8 Useful Macros and Constants
1480===============================
1481
1482 -- Global Constant: const int mp_bits_per_limb
1483     The number of bits per limb.
1484
1485 -- Macro: __GNU_MP_VERSION
1486 -- Macro: __GNU_MP_VERSION_MINOR
1487 -- Macro: __GNU_MP_VERSION_PATCHLEVEL
1488     The major and minor GMP version, and patch level, respectively, as
1489     integers.  For GMP i.j, these numbers will be i, j, and 0,
1490     respectively.  For GMP i.j.k, these numbers will be i, j, and k,
1491     respectively.
1492
1493 -- Global Constant: const char * const gmp_version
1494     The GMP version number, as a null-terminated string, in the form
1495     "i.j.k".  This release is "5.0.5".  Note that the format "i.j" was
1496     used when k was zero was used before version 4.3.0.
1497
1498 -- Macro: __GMP_CC
1499 -- Macro: __GMP_CFLAGS
1500     The compiler and compiler flags, respectively, used when compiling
1501     GMP, as strings.
1502
1503
1504File: gmp.info,  Node: Compatibility with older versions,  Next: Demonstration Programs,  Prev: Useful Macros and Constants,  Up: GMP Basics
1505
15063.9 Compatibility with older versions
1507=====================================
1508
1509This version of GMP is upwardly binary compatible with all 4.x and 3.x
1510versions, and upwardly compatible at the source level with all 2.x
1511versions, with the following exceptions.
1512
1513   * `mpn_gcd' had its source arguments swapped as of GMP 3.0, for
1514     consistency with other `mpn' functions.
1515
1516   * `mpf_get_prec' counted precision slightly differently in GMP 3.0
1517     and 3.0.1, but in 3.1 reverted to the 2.x style.
1518
1519   There are a number of compatibility issues between GMP 1 and GMP 2
1520that of course also apply when porting applications from GMP 1 to GMP
15214.  Please see the GMP 2 manual for details.
1522
1523   The Berkeley MP compatibility library (*note BSD Compatible
1524Functions::) is source and binary compatible with the standard `libmp'.
1525
1526
1527File: gmp.info,  Node: Demonstration Programs,  Next: Efficiency,  Prev: Compatibility with older versions,  Up: GMP Basics
1528
15293.10 Demonstration programs
1530===========================
1531
1532The `demos' subdirectory has some sample programs using GMP.  These
1533aren't built or installed, but there's a `Makefile' with rules for them.
1534For instance,
1535
1536     make pexpr
1537     ./pexpr 68^975+10
1538
1539The following programs are provided
1540
1541   * `pexpr' is an expression evaluator, the program used on the GMP
1542     web page.
1543
1544   * The `calc' subdirectory has a similar but simpler evaluator using
1545     `lex' and `yacc'.
1546
1547   * The `expr' subdirectory is yet another expression evaluator, a
1548     library designed for ease of use within a C program.  See
1549     `demos/expr/README' for more information.
1550
1551   * `factorize' is a Pollard-Rho factorization program.
1552
1553   * `isprime' is a command-line interface to the `mpz_probab_prime_p'
1554     function.
1555
1556   * `primes' counts or lists primes in an interval, using a sieve.
1557
1558   * `qcn' is an example use of `mpz_kronecker_ui' to estimate quadratic
1559     class numbers.
1560
1561   * The `perl' subdirectory is a comprehensive perl interface to GMP.
1562     See `demos/perl/INSTALL' for more information.  Documentation is
1563     in POD format in `demos/perl/GMP.pm'.
1564
1565   As an aside, consideration has been given at various times to some
1566sort of expression evaluation within the main GMP library.  Going
1567beyond something minimal quickly leads to matters like user-defined
1568functions, looping, fixnums for control variables, etc, which are
1569considered outside the scope of GMP (much closer to language
1570interpreters or compilers, *Note Language Bindings::.)  Something
1571simple for program input convenience may yet be a possibility, a
1572combination of the `expr' demo and the `pexpr' tree back-end perhaps.
1573But for now the above evaluators are offered as illustrations.
1574
1575
1576File: gmp.info,  Node: Efficiency,  Next: Debugging,  Prev: Demonstration Programs,  Up: GMP Basics
1577
15783.11 Efficiency
1579===============
1580
1581Small Operands
1582     On small operands, the time for function call overheads and memory
1583     allocation can be significant in comparison to actual calculation.
1584     This is unavoidable in a general purpose variable precision
1585     library, although GMP attempts to be as efficient as it can on
1586     both large and small operands.
1587
1588Static Linking
1589     On some CPUs, in particular the x86s, the static `libgmp.a' should
1590     be used for maximum speed, since the PIC code in the shared
1591     `libgmp.so' will have a small overhead on each function call and
1592     global data address.  For many programs this will be
1593     insignificant, but for long calculations there's a gain to be had.
1594
1595Initializing and Clearing
1596     Avoid excessive initializing and clearing of variables, since this
1597     can be quite time consuming, especially in comparison to otherwise
1598     fast operations like addition.
1599
1600     A language interpreter might want to keep a free list or stack of
1601     initialized variables ready for use.  It should be possible to
1602     integrate something like that with a garbage collector too.
1603
1604Reallocations
1605     An `mpz_t' or `mpq_t' variable used to hold successively increasing
1606     values will have its memory repeatedly `realloc'ed, which could be
1607     quite slow or could fragment memory, depending on the C library.
1608     If an application can estimate the final size then `mpz_init2' or
1609     `mpz_realloc2' can be called to allocate the necessary space from
1610     the beginning (*note Initializing Integers::).
1611
1612     It doesn't matter if a size set with `mpz_init2' or `mpz_realloc2'
1613     is too small, since all functions will do a further reallocation
1614     if necessary.  Badly overestimating memory required will waste
1615     space though.
1616
1617`2exp' Functions
1618     It's up to an application to call functions like `mpz_mul_2exp'
1619     when appropriate.  General purpose functions like `mpz_mul' make
1620     no attempt to identify powers of two or other special forms,
1621     because such inputs will usually be very rare and testing every
1622     time would be wasteful.
1623
1624`ui' and `si' Functions
1625     The `ui' functions and the small number of `si' functions exist for
1626     convenience and should be used where applicable.  But if for
1627     example an `mpz_t' contains a value that fits in an `unsigned
1628     long' there's no need extract it and call a `ui' function, just
1629     use the regular `mpz' function.
1630
1631In-Place Operations
1632     `mpz_abs', `mpq_abs', `mpf_abs', `mpz_neg', `mpq_neg' and
1633     `mpf_neg' are fast when used for in-place operations like
1634     `mpz_abs(x,x)', since in the current implementation only a single
1635     field of `x' needs changing.  On suitable compilers (GCC for
1636     instance) this is inlined too.
1637
1638     `mpz_add_ui', `mpz_sub_ui', `mpf_add_ui' and `mpf_sub_ui' benefit
1639     from an in-place operation like `mpz_add_ui(x,x,y)', since usually
1640     only one or two limbs of `x' will need to be changed.  The same
1641     applies to the full precision `mpz_add' etc if `y' is small.  If
1642     `y' is big then cache locality may be helped, but that's all.
1643
1644     `mpz_mul' is currently the opposite, a separate destination is
1645     slightly better.  A call like `mpz_mul(x,x,y)' will, unless `y' is
1646     only one limb, make a temporary copy of `x' before forming the
1647     result.  Normally that copying will only be a tiny fraction of the
1648     time for the multiply, so this is not a particularly important
1649     consideration.
1650
1651     `mpz_set', `mpq_set', `mpq_set_num', `mpf_set', etc, make no
1652     attempt to recognise a copy of something to itself, so a call like
1653     `mpz_set(x,x)' will be wasteful.  Naturally that would never be
1654     written deliberately, but if it might arise from two pointers to
1655     the same object then a test to avoid it might be desirable.
1656
1657          if (x != y)
1658            mpz_set (x, y);
1659
1660     Note that it's never worth introducing extra `mpz_set' calls just
1661     to get in-place operations.  If a result should go to a particular
1662     variable then just direct it there and let GMP take care of data
1663     movement.
1664
1665Divisibility Testing (Small Integers)
1666     `mpz_divisible_ui_p' and `mpz_congruent_ui_p' are the best
1667     functions for testing whether an `mpz_t' is divisible by an
1668     individual small integer.  They use an algorithm which is faster
1669     than `mpz_tdiv_ui', but which gives no useful information about
1670     the actual remainder, only whether it's zero (or a particular
1671     value).
1672
1673     However when testing divisibility by several small integers, it's
1674     best to take a remainder modulo their product, to save
1675     multi-precision operations.  For instance to test whether a number
1676     is divisible by any of 23, 29 or 31 take a remainder modulo
1677     23*29*31 = 20677 and then test that.
1678
1679     The division functions like `mpz_tdiv_q_ui' which give a quotient
1680     as well as a remainder are generally a little slower than the
1681     remainder-only functions like `mpz_tdiv_ui'.  If the quotient is
1682     only rarely wanted then it's probably best to just take a
1683     remainder and then go back and calculate the quotient if and when
1684     it's wanted (`mpz_divexact_ui' can be used if the remainder is
1685     zero).
1686
1687Rational Arithmetic
1688     The `mpq' functions operate on `mpq_t' values with no common
1689     factors in the numerator and denominator.  Common factors are
1690     checked-for and cast out as necessary.  In general, cancelling
1691     factors every time is the best approach since it minimizes the
1692     sizes for subsequent operations.
1693
1694     However, applications that know something about the factorization
1695     of the values they're working with might be able to avoid some of
1696     the GCDs used for canonicalization, or swap them for divisions.
1697     For example when multiplying by a prime it's enough to check for
1698     factors of it in the denominator instead of doing a full GCD.  Or
1699     when forming a big product it might be known that very little
1700     cancellation will be possible, and so canonicalization can be left
1701     to the end.
1702
1703     The `mpq_numref' and `mpq_denref' macros give access to the
1704     numerator and denominator to do things outside the scope of the
1705     supplied `mpq' functions.  *Note Applying Integer Functions::.
1706
1707     The canonical form for rationals allows mixed-type `mpq_t' and
1708     integer additions or subtractions to be done directly with
1709     multiples of the denominator.  This will be somewhat faster than
1710     `mpq_add'.  For example,
1711
1712          /* mpq increment */
1713          mpz_add (mpq_numref(q), mpq_numref(q), mpq_denref(q));
1714
1715          /* mpq += unsigned long */
1716          mpz_addmul_ui (mpq_numref(q), mpq_denref(q), 123UL);
1717
1718          /* mpq -= mpz */
1719          mpz_submul (mpq_numref(q), mpq_denref(q), z);
1720
1721Number Sequences
1722     Functions like `mpz_fac_ui', `mpz_fib_ui' and `mpz_bin_uiui' are
1723     designed for calculating isolated values.  If a range of values is
1724     wanted it's probably best to call to get a starting point and
1725     iterate from there.
1726
1727Text Input/Output
1728     Hexadecimal or octal are suggested for input or output in text
1729     form.  Power-of-2 bases like these can be converted much more
1730     efficiently than other bases, like decimal.  For big numbers
1731     there's usually nothing of particular interest to be seen in the
1732     digits, so the base doesn't matter much.
1733
1734     Maybe we can hope octal will one day become the normal base for
1735     everyday use, as proposed by King Charles XII of Sweden and later
1736     reformers.
1737
1738
1739File: gmp.info,  Node: Debugging,  Next: Profiling,  Prev: Efficiency,  Up: GMP Basics
1740
17413.12 Debugging
1742==============
1743
1744Stack Overflow
1745     Depending on the system, a segmentation violation or bus error
1746     might be the only indication of stack overflow.  See
1747     `--enable-alloca' choices in *note Build Options::, for how to
1748     address this.
1749
1750     In new enough versions of GCC, `-fstack-check' may be able to
1751     ensure an overflow is recognised by the system before too much
1752     damage is done, or `-fstack-limit-symbol' or
1753     `-fstack-limit-register' may be able to add checking if the system
1754     itself doesn't do any (*note Options for Code Generation:
1755     (gcc)Code Gen Options.).  These options must be added to the
1756     `CFLAGS' used in the GMP build (*note Build Options::), adding
1757     them just to an application will have no effect.  Note also
1758     they're a slowdown, adding overhead to each function call and each
1759     stack allocation.
1760
1761Heap Problems
1762     The most likely cause of application problems with GMP is heap
1763     corruption.  Failing to `init' GMP variables will have
1764     unpredictable effects, and corruption arising elsewhere in a
1765     program may well affect GMP.  Initializing GMP variables more than
1766     once or failing to clear them will cause memory leaks.
1767
1768     In all such cases a `malloc' debugger is recommended.  On a GNU or
1769     BSD system the standard C library `malloc' has some diagnostic
1770     facilities, see *note Allocation Debugging: (libc)Allocation
1771     Debugging, or `man 3 malloc'.  Other possibilities, in no
1772     particular order, include
1773
1774          `http://www.inf.ethz.ch/personal/biere/projects/ccmalloc/'
1775          `http://dmalloc.com/'
1776          `http://www.perens.com/FreeSoftware/'  (electric fence)
1777          `http://packages.debian.org/stable/devel/fda'
1778          `http://www.gnupdate.org/components/leakbug/'
1779          `http://people.redhat.com/~otaylor/memprof/'
1780          `http://www.cbmamiga.demon.co.uk/mpatrol/'
1781
1782     The GMP default allocation routines in `memory.c' also have a
1783     simple sentinel scheme which can be enabled with `#define DEBUG'
1784     in that file.  This is mainly designed for detecting buffer
1785     overruns during GMP development, but might find other uses.
1786
1787Stack Backtraces
1788     On some systems the compiler options GMP uses by default can
1789     interfere with debugging.  In particular on x86 and 68k systems
1790     `-fomit-frame-pointer' is used and this generally inhibits stack
1791     backtracing.  Recompiling without such options may help while
1792     debugging, though the usual caveats about it potentially moving a
1793     memory problem or hiding a compiler bug will apply.
1794
1795GDB, the GNU Debugger
1796     A sample `.gdbinit' is included in the distribution, showing how
1797     to call some undocumented dump functions to print GMP variables
1798     from within GDB.  Note that these functions shouldn't be used in
1799     final application code since they're undocumented and may be
1800     subject to incompatible changes in future versions of GMP.
1801
1802Source File Paths
1803     GMP has multiple source files with the same name, in different
1804     directories.  For example `mpz', `mpq' and `mpf' each have an
1805     `init.c'.  If the debugger can't already determine the right one
1806     it may help to build with absolute paths on each C file.  One way
1807     to do that is to use a separate object directory with an absolute
1808     path to the source directory.
1809
1810          cd /my/build/dir
1811          /my/source/dir/gmp-5.0.5/configure
1812
1813     This works via `VPATH', and might require GNU `make'.  Alternately
1814     it might be possible to change the `.c.lo' rules appropriately.
1815
1816Assertion Checking
1817     The build option `--enable-assert' is available to add some
1818     consistency checks to the library (see *note Build Options::).
1819     These are likely to be of limited value to most applications.
1820     Assertion failures are just as likely to indicate memory
1821     corruption as a library or compiler bug.
1822
1823     Applications using the low-level `mpn' functions, however, will
1824     benefit from `--enable-assert' since it adds checks on the
1825     parameters of most such functions, many of which have subtle
1826     restrictions on their usage.  Note however that only the generic C
1827     code has checks, not the assembly code, so CPU `none' should be
1828     used for maximum checking.
1829
1830Temporary Memory Checking
1831     The build option `--enable-alloca=debug' arranges that each block
1832     of temporary memory in GMP is allocated with a separate call to
1833     `malloc' (or the allocation function set with
1834     `mp_set_memory_functions').
1835
1836     This can help a malloc debugger detect accesses outside the
1837     intended bounds, or detect memory not released.  In a normal
1838     build, on the other hand, temporary memory is allocated in blocks
1839     which GMP divides up for its own use, or may be allocated with a
1840     compiler builtin `alloca' which will go nowhere near any malloc
1841     debugger hooks.
1842
1843Maximum Debuggability
1844     To summarize the above, a GMP build for maximum debuggability
1845     would be
1846
1847          ./configure --disable-shared --enable-assert \
1848            --enable-alloca=debug --host=none CFLAGS=-g
1849
1850     For C++, add `--enable-cxx CXXFLAGS=-g'.
1851
1852Checker
1853     The GCC checker (`http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/checker/')
1854     can be used with GMP.  It contains a stub library which means GMP
1855     applications compiled with checker can use a normal GMP build.
1856
1857     A build of GMP with checking within GMP itself can be made.  This
1858     will run very very slowly.  On GNU/Linux for example,
1859
1860          ./configure --host=none-pc-linux-gnu CC=checkergcc
1861
1862     `--host=none' must be used, since the GMP assembly code doesn't
1863     support the checking scheme.  The GMP C++ features cannot be used,
1864     since current versions of checker (0.9.9.1) don't yet support the
1865     standard C++ library.
1866
1867Valgrind
1868     The valgrind program (`http://valgrind.org/') is a memory checker
1869     for x86s.  It translates and emulates machine instructions to do
1870     strong checks for uninitialized data (at the level of individual
1871     bits), memory accesses through bad pointers, and memory leaks.
1872
1873     Recent versions of Valgrind are getting support for MMX and
1874     SSE/SSE2 instructions, for past versions GMP will need to be
1875     configured not to use those, i.e. for an x86 without them (for
1876     instance plain `i486').
1877
1878     GMP's assembly code sometimes promotes a read of the limbs to some
1879     larger size, for efficiency.  GMP will do this even at the start
1880     and end of a multilimb operand, using naturaly aligned operations
1881     on the larger type.  This may lead to benign reads outside of
1882     allocated areas, triggering complants from Valgrind.
1883
1884Other Problems
1885     Any suspected bug in GMP itself should be isolated to make sure
1886     it's not an application problem, see *note Reporting Bugs::.
1887
1888
1889File: gmp.info,  Node: Profiling,  Next: Autoconf,  Prev: Debugging,  Up: GMP Basics
1890
18913.13 Profiling
1892==============
1893
1894Running a program under a profiler is a good way to find where it's
1895spending most time and where improvements can be best sought.  The
1896profiling choices for a GMP build are as follows.
1897
1898`--disable-profiling'
1899     The default is to add nothing special for profiling.
1900
1901     It should be possible to just compile the mainline of a program
1902     with `-p' and use `prof' to get a profile consisting of
1903     timer-based sampling of the program counter.  Most of the GMP
1904     assembly code has the necessary symbol information.
1905
1906     This approach has the advantage of minimizing interference with
1907     normal program operation, but on most systems the resolution of
1908     the sampling is quite low (10 milliseconds for instance),
1909     requiring long runs to get accurate information.
1910
1911`--enable-profiling=prof'
1912     Build with support for the system `prof', which means `-p' added
1913     to the `CFLAGS'.
1914
1915     This provides call counting in addition to program counter
1916     sampling, which allows the most frequently called routines to be
1917     identified, and an average time spent in each routine to be
1918     determined.
1919
1920     The x86 assembly code has support for this option, but on other
1921     processors the assembly routines will be as if compiled without
1922     `-p' and therefore won't appear in the call counts.
1923
1924     On some systems, such as GNU/Linux, `-p' in fact means `-pg' and in
1925     this case `--enable-profiling=gprof' described below should be used
1926     instead.
1927
1928`--enable-profiling=gprof'
1929     Build with support for `gprof', which means `-pg' added to the
1930     `CFLAGS'.
1931
1932     This provides call graph construction in addition to call counting
1933     and program counter sampling, which makes it possible to count
1934     calls coming from different locations.  For example the number of
1935     calls to `mpn_mul' from `mpz_mul' versus the number from
1936     `mpf_mul'.  The program counter sampling is still flat though, so
1937     only a total time in `mpn_mul' would be accumulated, not a
1938     separate amount for each call site.
1939
1940     The x86 assembly code has support for this option, but on other
1941     processors the assembly routines will be as if compiled without
1942     `-pg' and therefore not be included in the call counts.
1943
1944     On x86 and m68k systems `-pg' and `-fomit-frame-pointer' are
1945     incompatible, so the latter is omitted from the default flags in
1946     that case, which might result in poorer code generation.
1947
1948     Incidentally, it should be possible to use the `gprof' program
1949     with a plain `--enable-profiling=prof' build.  But in that case
1950     only the `gprof -p' flat profile and call counts can be expected
1951     to be valid, not the `gprof -q' call graph.
1952
1953`--enable-profiling=instrument'
1954     Build with the GCC option `-finstrument-functions' added to the
1955     `CFLAGS' (*note Options for Code Generation: (gcc)Code Gen
1956     Options.).
1957
1958     This inserts special instrumenting calls at the start and end of
1959     each function, allowing exact timing and full call graph
1960     construction.
1961
1962     This instrumenting is not normally a standard system feature and
1963     will require support from an external library, such as
1964
1965          `http://sourceforge.net/projects/fnccheck/'
1966
1967     This should be included in `LIBS' during the GMP configure so that
1968     test programs will link.  For example,
1969
1970          ./configure --enable-profiling=instrument LIBS=-lfc
1971
1972     On a GNU system the C library provides dummy instrumenting
1973     functions, so programs compiled with this option will link.  In
1974     this case it's only necessary to ensure the correct library is
1975     added when linking an application.
1976
1977     The x86 assembly code supports this option, but on other
1978     processors the assembly routines will be as if compiled without
1979     `-finstrument-functions' meaning time spent in them will
1980     effectively be attributed to their caller.
1981
1982
1983File: gmp.info,  Node: Autoconf,  Next: Emacs,  Prev: Profiling,  Up: GMP Basics
1984
19853.14 Autoconf
1986=============
1987
1988Autoconf based applications can easily check whether GMP is installed.
1989The only thing to be noted is that GMP library symbols from version 3
1990onwards have prefixes like `__gmpz'.  The following therefore would be
1991a simple test,
1992
1993     AC_CHECK_LIB(gmp, __gmpz_init)
1994
1995   This just uses the default `AC_CHECK_LIB' actions for found or not
1996found, but an application that must have GMP would want to generate an
1997error if not found.  For example,
1998
1999     AC_CHECK_LIB(gmp, __gmpz_init, ,
2000       [AC_MSG_ERROR([GNU MP not found, see http://gmplib.org/])])
2001
2002   If functions added in some particular version of GMP are required,
2003then one of those can be used when checking.  For example `mpz_mul_si'
2004was added in GMP 3.1,
2005
2006     AC_CHECK_LIB(gmp, __gmpz_mul_si, ,
2007       [AC_MSG_ERROR(
2008       [GNU MP not found, or not 3.1 or up, see http://gmplib.org/])])
2009
2010   An alternative would be to test the version number in `gmp.h' using
2011say `AC_EGREP_CPP'.  That would make it possible to test the exact
2012version, if some particular sub-minor release is known to be necessary.
2013
2014   In general it's recommended that applications should simply demand a
2015new enough GMP rather than trying to provide supplements for features
2016not available in past versions.
2017
2018   Occasionally an application will need or want to know the size of a
2019type at configuration or preprocessing time, not just with `sizeof' in
2020the code.  This can be done in the normal way with `mp_limb_t' etc, but
2021GMP 4.0 or up is best for this, since prior versions needed certain
2022`-D' defines on systems using a `long long' limb.  The following would
2023suit Autoconf 2.50 or up,
2024
2025     AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(mp_limb_t, , [#include <gmp.h>])
2026
2027
2028File: gmp.info,  Node: Emacs,  Prev: Autoconf,  Up: GMP Basics
2029
20303.15 Emacs
2031==========
2032
2033<C-h C-i> (`info-lookup-symbol') is a good way to find documentation on
2034C functions while editing (*note Info Documentation Lookup: (emacs)Info
2035Lookup.).
2036
2037   The GMP manual can be included in such lookups by putting the
2038following in your `.emacs',
2039
2040     (eval-after-load "info-look"
2041       '(let ((mode-value (assoc 'c-mode (assoc 'symbol info-lookup-alist))))
2042          (setcar (nthcdr 3 mode-value)
2043                  (cons '("(gmp)Function Index" nil "^ -.* " "\\>")
2044                        (nth 3 mode-value)))))
2045
2046
2047File: gmp.info,  Node: Reporting Bugs,  Next: Integer Functions,  Prev: GMP Basics,  Up: Top
2048
20494 Reporting Bugs
2050****************
2051
2052If you think you have found a bug in the GMP library, please
2053investigate it and report it.  We have made this library available to
2054you, and it is not too much to ask you to report the bugs you find.
2055
2056   Before you report a bug, check it's not already addressed in *note
2057Known Build Problems::, or perhaps *note Notes for Particular
2058Systems::.  You may also want to check `http://gmplib.org/' for patches
2059for this release.
2060
2061   Please include the following in any report,
2062
2063   * The GMP version number, and if pre-packaged or patched then say so.
2064
2065   * A test program that makes it possible for us to reproduce the bug.
2066     Include instructions on how to run the program.
2067
2068   * A description of what is wrong.  If the results are incorrect, in
2069     what way.  If you get a crash, say so.
2070
2071   * If you get a crash, include a stack backtrace from the debugger if
2072     it's informative (`where' in `gdb', or `$C' in `adb').
2073
2074   * Please do not send core dumps, executables or `strace's.
2075
2076   * The configuration options you used when building GMP, if any.
2077
2078   * The name of the compiler and its version.  For `gcc', get the
2079     version with `gcc -v', otherwise perhaps `what `which cc`', or
2080     similar.
2081
2082   * The output from running `uname -a'.
2083
2084   * The output from running `./config.guess', and from running
2085     `./configfsf.guess' (might be the same).
2086
2087   * If the bug is related to `configure', then the compressed contents
2088     of `config.log'.
2089
2090   * If the bug is related to an `asm' file not assembling, then the
2091     contents of `config.m4' and the offending line or lines from the
2092     temporary `mpn/tmp-<file>.s'.
2093
2094   Please make an effort to produce a self-contained report, with
2095something definite that can be tested or debugged.  Vague queries or
2096piecemeal messages are difficult to act on and don't help the
2097development effort.
2098
2099   It is not uncommon that an observed problem is actually due to a bug
2100in the compiler; the GMP code tends to explore interesting corners in
2101compilers.
2102
2103   If your bug report is good, we will do our best to help you get a
2104corrected version of the library; if the bug report is poor, we won't
2105do anything about it (except maybe ask you to send a better report).
2106
2107   Send your report to: <[email protected]>.
2108
2109   If you think something in this manual is unclear, or downright
2110incorrect, or if the language needs to be improved, please send a note
2111to the same address.
2112
2113
2114File: gmp.info,  Node: Integer Functions,  Next: Rational Number Functions,  Prev: Reporting Bugs,  Up: Top
2115
21165 Integer Functions
2117*******************
2118
2119This chapter describes the GMP functions for performing integer
2120arithmetic.  These functions start with the prefix `mpz_'.
2121
2122   GMP integers are stored in objects of type `mpz_t'.
2123
2124* Menu:
2125
2126* Initializing Integers::
2127* Assigning Integers::
2128* Simultaneous Integer Init & Assign::
2129* Converting Integers::
2130* Integer Arithmetic::
2131* Integer Division::
2132* Integer Exponentiation::
2133* Integer Roots::
2134* Number Theoretic Functions::
2135* Integer Comparisons::
2136* Integer Logic and Bit Fiddling::
2137* I/O of Integers::
2138* Integer Random Numbers::
2139* Integer Import and Export::
2140* Miscellaneous Integer Functions::
2141* Integer Special Functions::
2142
2143
2144File: gmp.info,  Node: Initializing Integers,  Next: Assigning Integers,  Prev: Integer Functions,  Up: Integer Functions
2145
21465.1 Initialization Functions
2147============================
2148
2149The functions for integer arithmetic assume that all integer objects are
2150initialized.  You do that by calling the function `mpz_init'.  For
2151example,
2152
2153     {
2154       mpz_t integ;
2155       mpz_init (integ);
2156       ...
2157       mpz_add (integ, ...);
2158       ...
2159       mpz_sub (integ, ...);
2160
2161       /* Unless the program is about to exit, do ... */
2162       mpz_clear (integ);
2163     }
2164
2165   As you can see, you can store new values any number of times, once an
2166object is initialized.
2167
2168 -- Function: void mpz_init (mpz_t X)
2169     Initialize X, and set its value to 0.
2170
2171 -- Function: void mpz_inits (mpz_t X, ...)
2172     Initialize a NULL-terminated list of `mpz_t' variables, and set
2173     their values to 0.
2174
2175 -- Function: void mpz_init2 (mpz_t X, mp_bitcnt_t N)
2176     Initialize X, with space for N-bit numbers, and set its value to 0.
2177     Calling this function instead of `mpz_init' or `mpz_inits' is never
2178     necessary; reallocation is handled automatically by GMP when
2179     needed.
2180
2181     N is only the initial space, X will grow automatically in the
2182     normal way, if necessary, for subsequent values stored.
2183     `mpz_init2' makes it possible to avoid such reallocations if a
2184     maximum size is known in advance.
2185
2186 -- Function: void mpz_clear (mpz_t X)
2187     Free the space occupied by X.  Call this function for all `mpz_t'
2188     variables when you are done with them.
2189
2190 -- Function: void mpz_clears (mpz_t X, ...)
2191     Free the space occupied by a NULL-terminated list of `mpz_t'
2192     variables.
2193
2194 -- Function: void mpz_realloc2 (mpz_t X, mp_bitcnt_t N)
2195     Change the space allocated for X to N bits.  The value in X is
2196     preserved if it fits, or is set to 0 if not.
2197
2198     Calling this function is never necessary; reallocation is handled
2199     automatically by GMP when needed.  But this function can be used
2200     to increase the space for a variable in order to avoid repeated
2201     automatic reallocations, or to decrease it to give memory back to
2202     the heap.
2203
2204
2205File: gmp.info,  Node: Assigning Integers,  Next: Simultaneous Integer Init & Assign,  Prev: Initializing Integers,  Up: Integer Functions
2206
22075.2 Assignment Functions
2208========================
2209
2210These functions assign new values to already initialized integers
2211(*note Initializing Integers::).
2212
2213 -- Function: void mpz_set (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP)
2214 -- Function: void mpz_set_ui (mpz_t ROP, unsigned long int OP)
2215 -- Function: void mpz_set_si (mpz_t ROP, signed long int OP)
2216 -- Function: void mpz_set_d (mpz_t ROP, double OP)
2217 -- Function: void mpz_set_q (mpz_t ROP, mpq_t OP)
2218 -- Function: void mpz_set_f (mpz_t ROP, mpf_t OP)
2219     Set the value of ROP from OP.
2220
2221     `mpz_set_d', `mpz_set_q' and `mpz_set_f' truncate OP to make it an
2222     integer.
2223
2224 -- Function: int mpz_set_str (mpz_t ROP, char *STR, int BASE)
2225     Set the value of ROP from STR, a null-terminated C string in base
2226     BASE.  White space is allowed in the string, and is simply ignored.
2227
2228     The BASE may vary from 2 to 62, or if BASE is 0, then the leading
2229     characters are used: `0x' and `0X' for hexadecimal, `0b' and `0B'
2230     for binary, `0' for octal, or decimal otherwise.
2231
2232     For bases up to 36, case is ignored; upper-case and lower-case
2233     letters have the same value.  For bases 37 to 62, upper-case
2234     letter represent the usual 10..35 while lower-case letter
2235     represent 36..61.
2236
2237     This function returns 0 if the entire string is a valid number in
2238     base BASE.  Otherwise it returns -1.
2239
2240 -- Function: void mpz_swap (mpz_t ROP1, mpz_t ROP2)
2241     Swap the values ROP1 and ROP2 efficiently.
2242
2243
2244File: gmp.info,  Node: Simultaneous Integer Init & Assign,  Next: Converting Integers,  Prev: Assigning Integers,  Up: Integer Functions
2245
22465.3 Combined Initialization and Assignment Functions
2247====================================================
2248
2249For convenience, GMP provides a parallel series of initialize-and-set
2250functions which initialize the output and then store the value there.
2251These functions' names have the form `mpz_init_set...'
2252
2253   Here is an example of using one:
2254
2255     {
2256       mpz_t pie;
2257       mpz_init_set_str (pie, "3141592653589793238462643383279502884", 10);
2258       ...
2259       mpz_sub (pie, ...);
2260       ...
2261       mpz_clear (pie);
2262     }
2263
2264Once the integer has been initialized by any of the `mpz_init_set...'
2265functions, it can be used as the source or destination operand for the
2266ordinary integer functions.  Don't use an initialize-and-set function
2267on a variable already initialized!
2268
2269 -- Function: void mpz_init_set (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP)
2270 -- Function: void mpz_init_set_ui (mpz_t ROP, unsigned long int OP)
2271 -- Function: void mpz_init_set_si (mpz_t ROP, signed long int OP)
2272 -- Function: void mpz_init_set_d (mpz_t ROP, double OP)
2273     Initialize ROP with limb space and set the initial numeric value
2274     from OP.
2275
2276 -- Function: int mpz_init_set_str (mpz_t ROP, char *STR, int BASE)
2277     Initialize ROP and set its value like `mpz_set_str' (see its
2278     documentation above for details).
2279
2280     If the string is a correct base BASE number, the function returns
2281     0; if an error occurs it returns -1.  ROP is initialized even if
2282     an error occurs.  (I.e., you have to call `mpz_clear' for it.)
2283
2284
2285File: gmp.info,  Node: Converting Integers,  Next: Integer Arithmetic,  Prev: Simultaneous Integer Init & Assign,  Up: Integer Functions
2286
22875.4 Conversion Functions
2288========================
2289
2290This section describes functions for converting GMP integers to
2291standard C types.  Functions for converting _to_ GMP integers are
2292described in *note Assigning Integers:: and *note I/O of Integers::.
2293
2294 -- Function: unsigned long int mpz_get_ui (mpz_t OP)
2295     Return the value of OP as an `unsigned long'.
2296
2297     If OP is too big to fit an `unsigned long' then just the least
2298     significant bits that do fit are returned.  The sign of OP is
2299     ignored, only the absolute value is used.
2300
2301 -- Function: signed long int mpz_get_si (mpz_t OP)
2302     If OP fits into a `signed long int' return the value of OP.
2303     Otherwise return the least significant part of OP, with the same
2304     sign as OP.
2305
2306     If OP is too big to fit in a `signed long int', the returned
2307     result is probably not very useful.  To find out if the value will
2308     fit, use the function `mpz_fits_slong_p'.
2309
2310 -- Function: double mpz_get_d (mpz_t OP)
2311     Convert OP to a `double', truncating if necessary (i.e. rounding
2312     towards zero).
2313
2314     If the exponent from the conversion is too big, the result is
2315     system dependent.  An infinity is returned where available.  A
2316     hardware overflow trap may or may not occur.
2317
2318 -- Function: double mpz_get_d_2exp (signed long int *EXP, mpz_t OP)
2319     Convert OP to a `double', truncating if necessary (i.e. rounding
2320     towards zero), and returning the exponent separately.
2321
2322     The return value is in the range 0.5<=abs(D)<1 and the exponent is
2323     stored to `*EXP'.  D * 2^EXP is the (truncated) OP value.  If OP
2324     is zero, the return is 0.0 and 0 is stored to `*EXP'.
2325
2326     This is similar to the standard C `frexp' function (*note
2327     Normalization Functions: (libc)Normalization Functions.).
2328
2329 -- Function: char * mpz_get_str (char *STR, int BASE, mpz_t OP)
2330     Convert OP to a string of digits in base BASE.  The base argument
2331     may vary from 2 to 62 or from -2 to -36.
2332
2333     For BASE in the range 2..36, digits and lower-case letters are
2334     used; for -2..-36, digits and upper-case letters are used; for
2335     37..62, digits, upper-case letters, and lower-case letters (in
2336     that significance order) are used.
2337
2338     If STR is `NULL', the result string is allocated using the current
2339     allocation function (*note Custom Allocation::).  The block will be
2340     `strlen(str)+1' bytes, that being exactly enough for the string and
2341     null-terminator.
2342
2343     If STR is not `NULL', it should point to a block of storage large
2344     enough for the result, that being `mpz_sizeinbase (OP, BASE) + 2'.
2345     The two extra bytes are for a possible minus sign, and the
2346     null-terminator.
2347
2348     A pointer to the result string is returned, being either the
2349     allocated block, or the given STR.
2350
2351
2352File: gmp.info,  Node: Integer Arithmetic,  Next: Integer Division,  Prev: Converting Integers,  Up: Integer Functions
2353
23545.5 Arithmetic Functions
2355========================
2356
2357 -- Function: void mpz_add (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, mpz_t OP2)
2358 -- Function: void mpz_add_ui (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, unsigned long int
2359          OP2)
2360     Set ROP to OP1 + OP2.
2361
2362 -- Function: void mpz_sub (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, mpz_t OP2)
2363 -- Function: void mpz_sub_ui (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, unsigned long int
2364          OP2)
2365 -- Function: void mpz_ui_sub (mpz_t ROP, unsigned long int OP1, mpz_t
2366          OP2)
2367     Set ROP to OP1 - OP2.
2368
2369 -- Function: void mpz_mul (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, mpz_t OP2)
2370 -- Function: void mpz_mul_si (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, long int OP2)
2371 -- Function: void mpz_mul_ui (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, unsigned long int
2372          OP2)
2373     Set ROP to OP1 times OP2.
2374
2375 -- Function: void mpz_addmul (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, mpz_t OP2)
2376 -- Function: void mpz_addmul_ui (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, unsigned long
2377          int OP2)
2378     Set ROP to ROP + OP1 times OP2.
2379
2380 -- Function: void mpz_submul (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, mpz_t OP2)
2381 -- Function: void mpz_submul_ui (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, unsigned long
2382          int OP2)
2383     Set ROP to ROP - OP1 times OP2.
2384
2385 -- Function: void mpz_mul_2exp (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, mp_bitcnt_t OP2)
2386     Set ROP to OP1 times 2 raised to OP2.  This operation can also be
2387     defined as a left shift by OP2 bits.
2388
2389 -- Function: void mpz_neg (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP)
2390     Set ROP to -OP.
2391
2392 -- Function: void mpz_abs (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP)
2393     Set ROP to the absolute value of OP.
2394
2395
2396File: gmp.info,  Node: Integer Division,  Next: Integer Exponentiation,  Prev: Integer Arithmetic,  Up: Integer Functions
2397
23985.6 Division Functions
2399======================
2400
2401Division is undefined if the divisor is zero.  Passing a zero divisor
2402to the division or modulo functions (including the modular powering
2403functions `mpz_powm' and `mpz_powm_ui'), will cause an intentional
2404division by zero.  This lets a program handle arithmetic exceptions in
2405these functions the same way as for normal C `int' arithmetic.
2406
2407 -- Function: void mpz_cdiv_q (mpz_t Q, mpz_t N, mpz_t D)
2408 -- Function: void mpz_cdiv_r (mpz_t R, mpz_t N, mpz_t D)
2409 -- Function: void mpz_cdiv_qr (mpz_t Q, mpz_t R, mpz_t N, mpz_t D)
2410 -- Function: unsigned long int mpz_cdiv_q_ui (mpz_t Q, mpz_t N,
2411          unsigned long int D)
2412 -- Function: unsigned long int mpz_cdiv_r_ui (mpz_t R, mpz_t N,
2413          unsigned long int D)
2414 -- Function: unsigned long int mpz_cdiv_qr_ui (mpz_t Q, mpz_t R,
2415          mpz_t N, unsigned long int D)
2416 -- Function: unsigned long int mpz_cdiv_ui (mpz_t N,
2417          unsigned long int D)
2418 -- Function: void mpz_cdiv_q_2exp (mpz_t Q, mpz_t N, mp_bitcnt_t B)
2419 -- Function: void mpz_cdiv_r_2exp (mpz_t R, mpz_t N, mp_bitcnt_t B)
2420
2421 -- Function: void mpz_fdiv_q (mpz_t Q, mpz_t N, mpz_t D)
2422 -- Function: void mpz_fdiv_r (mpz_t R, mpz_t N, mpz_t D)
2423 -- Function: void mpz_fdiv_qr (mpz_t Q, mpz_t R, mpz_t N, mpz_t D)
2424 -- Function: unsigned long int mpz_fdiv_q_ui (mpz_t Q, mpz_t N,
2425          unsigned long int D)
2426 -- Function: unsigned long int mpz_fdiv_r_ui (mpz_t R, mpz_t N,
2427          unsigned long int D)
2428 -- Function: unsigned long int mpz_fdiv_qr_ui (mpz_t Q, mpz_t R,
2429          mpz_t N, unsigned long int D)
2430 -- Function: unsigned long int mpz_fdiv_ui (mpz_t N,
2431          unsigned long int D)
2432 -- Function: void mpz_fdiv_q_2exp (mpz_t Q, mpz_t N, mp_bitcnt_t B)
2433 -- Function: void mpz_fdiv_r_2exp (mpz_t R, mpz_t N, mp_bitcnt_t B)
2434
2435 -- Function: void mpz_tdiv_q (mpz_t Q, mpz_t N, mpz_t D)
2436 -- Function: void mpz_tdiv_r (mpz_t R, mpz_t N, mpz_t D)
2437 -- Function: void mpz_tdiv_qr (mpz_t Q, mpz_t R, mpz_t N, mpz_t D)
2438 -- Function: unsigned long int mpz_tdiv_q_ui (mpz_t Q, mpz_t N,
2439          unsigned long int D)
2440 -- Function: unsigned long int mpz_tdiv_r_ui (mpz_t R, mpz_t N,
2441          unsigned long int D)
2442 -- Function: unsigned long int mpz_tdiv_qr_ui (mpz_t Q, mpz_t R,
2443          mpz_t N, unsigned long int D)
2444 -- Function: unsigned long int mpz_tdiv_ui (mpz_t N,
2445          unsigned long int D)
2446 -- Function: void mpz_tdiv_q_2exp (mpz_t Q, mpz_t N, mp_bitcnt_t B)
2447 -- Function: void mpz_tdiv_r_2exp (mpz_t R, mpz_t N, mp_bitcnt_t B)
2448
2449     Divide N by D, forming a quotient Q and/or remainder R.  For the
2450     `2exp' functions, D=2^B.  The rounding is in three styles, each
2451     suiting different applications.
2452
2453        * `cdiv' rounds Q up towards +infinity, and R will have the
2454          opposite sign to D.  The `c' stands for "ceil".
2455
2456        * `fdiv' rounds Q down towards -infinity, and R will have the
2457          same sign as D.  The `f' stands for "floor".
2458
2459        * `tdiv' rounds Q towards zero, and R will have the same sign
2460          as N.  The `t' stands for "truncate".
2461
2462     In all cases Q and R will satisfy N=Q*D+R, and R will satisfy
2463     0<=abs(R)<abs(D).
2464
2465     The `q' functions calculate only the quotient, the `r' functions
2466     only the remainder, and the `qr' functions calculate both.  Note
2467     that for `qr' the same variable cannot be passed for both Q and R,
2468     or results will be unpredictable.
2469
2470     For the `ui' variants the return value is the remainder, and in
2471     fact returning the remainder is all the `div_ui' functions do.  For
2472     `tdiv' and `cdiv' the remainder can be negative, so for those the
2473     return value is the absolute value of the remainder.
2474
2475     For the `2exp' variants the divisor is 2^B.  These functions are
2476     implemented as right shifts and bit masks, but of course they
2477     round the same as the other functions.
2478
2479     For positive N both `mpz_fdiv_q_2exp' and `mpz_tdiv_q_2exp' are
2480     simple bitwise right shifts.  For negative N, `mpz_fdiv_q_2exp' is
2481     effectively an arithmetic right shift treating N as twos complement
2482     the same as the bitwise logical functions do, whereas
2483     `mpz_tdiv_q_2exp' effectively treats N as sign and magnitude.
2484
2485 -- Function: void mpz_mod (mpz_t R, mpz_t N, mpz_t D)
2486 -- Function: unsigned long int mpz_mod_ui (mpz_t R, mpz_t N,
2487          unsigned long int D)
2488     Set R to N `mod' D.  The sign of the divisor is ignored; the
2489     result is always non-negative.
2490
2491     `mpz_mod_ui' is identical to `mpz_fdiv_r_ui' above, returning the
2492     remainder as well as setting R.  See `mpz_fdiv_ui' above if only
2493     the return value is wanted.
2494
2495 -- Function: void mpz_divexact (mpz_t Q, mpz_t N, mpz_t D)
2496 -- Function: void mpz_divexact_ui (mpz_t Q, mpz_t N, unsigned long D)
2497     Set Q to N/D.  These functions produce correct results only when
2498     it is known in advance that D divides N.
2499
2500     These routines are much faster than the other division functions,
2501     and are the best choice when exact division is known to occur, for
2502     example reducing a rational to lowest terms.
2503
2504 -- Function: int mpz_divisible_p (mpz_t N, mpz_t D)
2505 -- Function: int mpz_divisible_ui_p (mpz_t N, unsigned long int D)
2506 -- Function: int mpz_divisible_2exp_p (mpz_t N, mp_bitcnt_t B)
2507     Return non-zero if N is exactly divisible by D, or in the case of
2508     `mpz_divisible_2exp_p' by 2^B.
2509
2510     N is divisible by D if there exists an integer Q satisfying N =
2511     Q*D.  Unlike the other division functions, D=0 is accepted and
2512     following the rule it can be seen that only 0 is considered
2513     divisible by 0.
2514
2515 -- Function: int mpz_congruent_p (mpz_t N, mpz_t C, mpz_t D)
2516 -- Function: int mpz_congruent_ui_p (mpz_t N, unsigned long int C,
2517          unsigned long int D)
2518 -- Function: int mpz_congruent_2exp_p (mpz_t N, mpz_t C, mp_bitcnt_t B)
2519     Return non-zero if N is congruent to C modulo D, or in the case of
2520     `mpz_congruent_2exp_p' modulo 2^B.
2521
2522     N is congruent to C mod D if there exists an integer Q satisfying
2523     N = C + Q*D.  Unlike the other division functions, D=0 is accepted
2524     and following the rule it can be seen that N and C are considered
2525     congruent mod 0 only when exactly equal.
2526
2527
2528File: gmp.info,  Node: Integer Exponentiation,  Next: Integer Roots,  Prev: Integer Division,  Up: Integer Functions
2529
25305.7 Exponentiation Functions
2531============================
2532
2533 -- Function: void mpz_powm (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t BASE, mpz_t EXP, mpz_t
2534          MOD)
2535 -- Function: void mpz_powm_ui (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t BASE, unsigned long
2536          int EXP, mpz_t MOD)
2537     Set ROP to (BASE raised to EXP) modulo MOD.
2538
2539     Negative EXP is supported if an inverse BASE^-1 mod MOD exists
2540     (see `mpz_invert' in *note Number Theoretic Functions::).  If an
2541     inverse doesn't exist then a divide by zero is raised.
2542
2543 -- Function: void mpz_powm_sec (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t BASE, mpz_t EXP,
2544          mpz_t MOD)
2545     Set ROP to (BASE raised to EXP) modulo MOD.
2546
2547     It is required that EXP > 0 and that MOD is odd.
2548
2549     This function is designed to take the same time and have the same
2550     cache access patterns for any two same-size arguments, assuming
2551     that function arguments are placed at the same position and that
2552     the machine state is identical upon function entry.  This function
2553     is intended for cryptographic purposes, where resilience to
2554     side-channel attacks is desired.
2555
2556 -- Function: void mpz_pow_ui (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t BASE, unsigned long int
2557          EXP)
2558 -- Function: void mpz_ui_pow_ui (mpz_t ROP, unsigned long int BASE,
2559          unsigned long int EXP)
2560     Set ROP to BASE raised to EXP.  The case 0^0 yields 1.
2561
2562
2563File: gmp.info,  Node: Integer Roots,  Next: Number Theoretic Functions,  Prev: Integer Exponentiation,  Up: Integer Functions
2564
25655.8 Root Extraction Functions
2566=============================
2567
2568 -- Function: int mpz_root (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP, unsigned long int N)
2569     Set ROP to  the truncated integer part of the Nth root of OP.
2570     Return non-zero if the computation was exact, i.e., if OP is ROP
2571     to the Nth power.
2572
2573 -- Function: void mpz_rootrem (mpz_t ROOT, mpz_t REM, mpz_t U,
2574          unsigned long int N)
2575     Set ROOT to  the truncated integer part of the Nth root of U.  Set
2576     REM to the remainder, U-ROOT**N.
2577
2578 -- Function: void mpz_sqrt (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP)
2579     Set ROP to  the truncated integer part of the square root of OP.
2580
2581 -- Function: void mpz_sqrtrem (mpz_t ROP1, mpz_t ROP2, mpz_t OP)
2582     Set ROP1 to the truncated integer part of the square root of OP,
2583     like `mpz_sqrt'.  Set ROP2 to the remainder OP-ROP1*ROP1, which
2584     will be zero if OP is a perfect square.
2585
2586     If ROP1 and ROP2 are the same variable, the results are undefined.
2587
2588 -- Function: int mpz_perfect_power_p (mpz_t OP)
2589     Return non-zero if OP is a perfect power, i.e., if there exist
2590     integers A and B, with B>1, such that OP equals A raised to the
2591     power B.
2592
2593     Under this definition both 0 and 1 are considered to be perfect
2594     powers.  Negative values of OP are accepted, but of course can
2595     only be odd perfect powers.
2596
2597 -- Function: int mpz_perfect_square_p (mpz_t OP)
2598     Return non-zero if OP is a perfect square, i.e., if the square
2599     root of OP is an integer.  Under this definition both 0 and 1 are
2600     considered to be perfect squares.
2601
2602
2603File: gmp.info,  Node: Number Theoretic Functions,  Next: Integer Comparisons,  Prev: Integer Roots,  Up: Integer Functions
2604
26055.9 Number Theoretic Functions
2606==============================
2607
2608 -- Function: int mpz_probab_prime_p (mpz_t N, int REPS)
2609     Determine whether N is prime.  Return 2 if N is definitely prime,
2610     return 1 if N is probably prime (without being certain), or return
2611     0 if N is definitely composite.
2612
2613     This function does some trial divisions, then some Miller-Rabin
2614     probabilistic primality tests.  REPS controls how many such tests
2615     are done, 5 to 10 is a reasonable number, more will reduce the
2616     chances of a composite being returned as "probably prime".
2617
2618     Miller-Rabin and similar tests can be more properly called
2619     compositeness tests.  Numbers which fail are known to be composite
2620     but those which pass might be prime or might be composite.  Only a
2621     few composites pass, hence those which pass are considered
2622     probably prime.
2623
2624 -- Function: void mpz_nextprime (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP)
2625     Set ROP to the next prime greater than OP.
2626
2627     This function uses a probabilistic algorithm to identify primes.
2628     For practical purposes it's adequate, the chance of a composite
2629     passing will be extremely small.
2630
2631 -- Function: void mpz_gcd (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, mpz_t OP2)
2632     Set ROP to the greatest common divisor of OP1 and OP2.  The result
2633     is always positive even if one or both input operands are negative.
2634     Except if both inputs are zero; then this function defines
2635     gcd(0,0) = 0.
2636
2637 -- Function: unsigned long int mpz_gcd_ui (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1,
2638          unsigned long int OP2)
2639     Compute the greatest common divisor of OP1 and OP2.  If ROP is not
2640     `NULL', store the result there.
2641
2642     If the result is small enough to fit in an `unsigned long int', it
2643     is returned.  If the result does not fit, 0 is returned, and the
2644     result is equal to the argument OP1.  Note that the result will
2645     always fit if OP2 is non-zero.
2646
2647 -- Function: void mpz_gcdext (mpz_t G, mpz_t S, mpz_t T, mpz_t A,
2648          mpz_t B)
2649     Set G to the greatest common divisor of A and B, and in addition
2650     set S and T to coefficients satisfying A*S + B*T = G.  The value
2651     in G is always positive, even if one or both of A and B are
2652     negative (or zero if both inputs are zero).  The values in S and T
2653     are chosen such that normally, abs(S) < abs(B) / (2 G) and abs(T)
2654     < abs(A) / (2 G), and these relations define S and T uniquely.
2655     There are a few exceptional cases:
2656
2657     If abs(A) = abs(B), then S = 0, T = sgn(B).
2658
2659     Otherwise, S = sgn(A) if B = 0 or abs(B) = 2 G, and T = sgn(B) if
2660     A = 0 or abs(A) = 2 G.
2661
2662     In all cases, S = 0 if and only if G = abs(B), i.e., if B divides
2663     A or A = B = 0.
2664
2665     If T is `NULL' then that value is not computed.
2666
2667 -- Function: void mpz_lcm (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, mpz_t OP2)
2668 -- Function: void mpz_lcm_ui (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, unsigned long OP2)
2669     Set ROP to the least common multiple of OP1 and OP2.  ROP is
2670     always positive, irrespective of the signs of OP1 and OP2.  ROP
2671     will be zero if either OP1 or OP2 is zero.
2672
2673 -- Function: int mpz_invert (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, mpz_t OP2)
2674     Compute the inverse of OP1 modulo OP2 and put the result in ROP.
2675     If the inverse exists, the return value is non-zero and ROP will
2676     satisfy 0 < ROP < abs(OP2).  If an inverse doesn't exist the
2677     return value is zero and ROP is undefined.  The behaviour of this
2678     function is undefined when OP2 is zero.
2679
2680 -- Function: int mpz_jacobi (mpz_t A, mpz_t B)
2681     Calculate the Jacobi symbol (A/B).  This is defined only for B odd.
2682
2683 -- Function: int mpz_legendre (mpz_t A, mpz_t P)
2684     Calculate the Legendre symbol (A/P).  This is defined only for P
2685     an odd positive prime, and for such P it's identical to the Jacobi
2686     symbol.
2687
2688 -- Function: int mpz_kronecker (mpz_t A, mpz_t B)
2689 -- Function: int mpz_kronecker_si (mpz_t A, long B)
2690 -- Function: int mpz_kronecker_ui (mpz_t A, unsigned long B)
2691 -- Function: int mpz_si_kronecker (long A, mpz_t B)
2692 -- Function: int mpz_ui_kronecker (unsigned long A, mpz_t B)
2693     Calculate the Jacobi symbol (A/B) with the Kronecker extension
2694     (a/2)=(2/a) when a odd, or (a/2)=0 when a even.
2695
2696     When B is odd the Jacobi symbol and Kronecker symbol are
2697     identical, so `mpz_kronecker_ui' etc can be used for mixed
2698     precision Jacobi symbols too.
2699
2700     For more information see Henri Cohen section 1.4.2 (*note
2701     References::), or any number theory textbook.  See also the
2702     example program `demos/qcn.c' which uses `mpz_kronecker_ui'.
2703
2704 -- Function: mp_bitcnt_t mpz_remove (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP, mpz_t F)
2705     Remove all occurrences of the factor F from OP and store the
2706     result in ROP.  The return value is how many such occurrences were
2707     removed.
2708
2709 -- Function: void mpz_fac_ui (mpz_t ROP, unsigned long int OP)
2710     Set ROP to OP!, the factorial of OP.
2711
2712 -- Function: void mpz_bin_ui (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t N, unsigned long int K)
2713 -- Function: void mpz_bin_uiui (mpz_t ROP, unsigned long int N,
2714          unsigned long int K)
2715     Compute the binomial coefficient N over K and store the result in
2716     ROP.  Negative values of N are supported by `mpz_bin_ui', using
2717     the identity bin(-n,k) = (-1)^k * bin(n+k-1,k), see Knuth volume 1
2718     section 1.2.6 part G.
2719
2720 -- Function: void mpz_fib_ui (mpz_t FN, unsigned long int N)
2721 -- Function: void mpz_fib2_ui (mpz_t FN, mpz_t FNSUB1, unsigned long
2722          int N)
2723     `mpz_fib_ui' sets FN to to F[n], the N'th Fibonacci number.
2724     `mpz_fib2_ui' sets FN to F[n], and FNSUB1 to F[n-1].
2725
2726     These functions are designed for calculating isolated Fibonacci
2727     numbers.  When a sequence of values is wanted it's best to start
2728     with `mpz_fib2_ui' and iterate the defining F[n+1]=F[n]+F[n-1] or
2729     similar.
2730
2731 -- Function: void mpz_lucnum_ui (mpz_t LN, unsigned long int N)
2732 -- Function: void mpz_lucnum2_ui (mpz_t LN, mpz_t LNSUB1, unsigned
2733          long int N)
2734     `mpz_lucnum_ui' sets LN to to L[n], the N'th Lucas number.
2735     `mpz_lucnum2_ui' sets LN to L[n], and LNSUB1 to L[n-1].
2736
2737     These functions are designed for calculating isolated Lucas
2738     numbers.  When a sequence of values is wanted it's best to start
2739     with `mpz_lucnum2_ui' and iterate the defining L[n+1]=L[n]+L[n-1]
2740     or similar.
2741
2742     The Fibonacci numbers and Lucas numbers are related sequences, so
2743     it's never necessary to call both `mpz_fib2_ui' and
2744     `mpz_lucnum2_ui'.  The formulas for going from Fibonacci to Lucas
2745     can be found in *note Lucas Numbers Algorithm::, the reverse is
2746     straightforward too.
2747
2748
2749File: gmp.info,  Node: Integer Comparisons,  Next: Integer Logic and Bit Fiddling,  Prev: Number Theoretic Functions,  Up: Integer Functions
2750
27515.10 Comparison Functions
2752=========================
2753
2754 -- Function: int mpz_cmp (mpz_t OP1, mpz_t OP2)
2755 -- Function: int mpz_cmp_d (mpz_t OP1, double OP2)
2756 -- Macro: int mpz_cmp_si (mpz_t OP1, signed long int OP2)
2757 -- Macro: int mpz_cmp_ui (mpz_t OP1, unsigned long int OP2)
2758     Compare OP1 and OP2.  Return a positive value if OP1 > OP2, zero
2759     if OP1 = OP2, or a negative value if OP1 < OP2.
2760
2761     `mpz_cmp_ui' and `mpz_cmp_si' are macros and will evaluate their
2762     arguments more than once.  `mpz_cmp_d' can be called with an
2763     infinity, but results are undefined for a NaN.
2764
2765 -- Function: int mpz_cmpabs (mpz_t OP1, mpz_t OP2)
2766 -- Function: int mpz_cmpabs_d (mpz_t OP1, double OP2)
2767 -- Function: int mpz_cmpabs_ui (mpz_t OP1, unsigned long int OP2)
2768     Compare the absolute values of OP1 and OP2.  Return a positive
2769     value if abs(OP1) > abs(OP2), zero if abs(OP1) = abs(OP2), or a
2770     negative value if abs(OP1) < abs(OP2).
2771
2772     `mpz_cmpabs_d' can be called with an infinity, but results are
2773     undefined for a NaN.
2774
2775 -- Macro: int mpz_sgn (mpz_t OP)
2776     Return +1 if OP > 0, 0 if OP = 0, and -1 if OP < 0.
2777
2778     This function is actually implemented as a macro.  It evaluates
2779     its argument multiple times.
2780
2781
2782File: gmp.info,  Node: Integer Logic and Bit Fiddling,  Next: I/O of Integers,  Prev: Integer Comparisons,  Up: Integer Functions
2783
27845.11 Logical and Bit Manipulation Functions
2785===========================================
2786
2787These functions behave as if twos complement arithmetic were used
2788(although sign-magnitude is the actual implementation).  The least
2789significant bit is number 0.
2790
2791 -- Function: void mpz_and (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, mpz_t OP2)
2792     Set ROP to OP1 bitwise-and OP2.
2793
2794 -- Function: void mpz_ior (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, mpz_t OP2)
2795     Set ROP to OP1 bitwise inclusive-or OP2.
2796
2797 -- Function: void mpz_xor (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, mpz_t OP2)
2798     Set ROP to OP1 bitwise exclusive-or OP2.
2799
2800 -- Function: void mpz_com (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP)
2801     Set ROP to the one's complement of OP.
2802
2803 -- Function: mp_bitcnt_t mpz_popcount (mpz_t OP)
2804     If OP>=0, return the population count of OP, which is the number
2805     of 1 bits in the binary representation.  If OP<0, the number of 1s
2806     is infinite, and the return value is the largest possible
2807     `mp_bitcnt_t'.
2808
2809 -- Function: mp_bitcnt_t mpz_hamdist (mpz_t OP1, mpz_t OP2)
2810     If OP1 and OP2 are both >=0 or both <0, return the hamming
2811     distance between the two operands, which is the number of bit
2812     positions where OP1 and OP2 have different bit values.  If one
2813     operand is >=0 and the other <0 then the number of bits different
2814     is infinite, and the return value is the largest possible
2815     `mp_bitcnt_t'.
2816
2817 -- Function: mp_bitcnt_t mpz_scan0 (mpz_t OP, mp_bitcnt_t STARTING_BIT)
2818 -- Function: mp_bitcnt_t mpz_scan1 (mpz_t OP, mp_bitcnt_t STARTING_BIT)
2819     Scan OP, starting from bit STARTING_BIT, towards more significant
2820     bits, until the first 0 or 1 bit (respectively) is found.  Return
2821     the index of the found bit.
2822
2823     If the bit at STARTING_BIT is already what's sought, then
2824     STARTING_BIT is returned.
2825
2826     If there's no bit found, then the largest possible `mp_bitcnt_t' is
2827     returned.  This will happen in `mpz_scan0' past the end of a
2828     negative number, or `mpz_scan1' past the end of a nonnegative
2829     number.
2830
2831 -- Function: void mpz_setbit (mpz_t ROP, mp_bitcnt_t BIT_INDEX)
2832     Set bit BIT_INDEX in ROP.
2833
2834 -- Function: void mpz_clrbit (mpz_t ROP, mp_bitcnt_t BIT_INDEX)
2835     Clear bit BIT_INDEX in ROP.
2836
2837 -- Function: void mpz_combit (mpz_t ROP, mp_bitcnt_t BIT_INDEX)
2838     Complement bit BIT_INDEX in ROP.
2839
2840 -- Function: int mpz_tstbit (mpz_t OP, mp_bitcnt_t BIT_INDEX)
2841     Test bit BIT_INDEX in OP and return 0 or 1 accordingly.
2842
2843
2844File: gmp.info,  Node: I/O of Integers,  Next: Integer Random Numbers,  Prev: Integer Logic and Bit Fiddling,  Up: Integer Functions
2845
28465.12 Input and Output Functions
2847===============================
2848
2849Functions that perform input from a stdio stream, and functions that
2850output to a stdio stream, of `mpz' numbers.  Passing a `NULL' pointer
2851for a STREAM argument to any of these functions will make them read from
2852`stdin' and write to `stdout', respectively.
2853
2854   When using any of these functions, it is a good idea to include
2855`stdio.h' before `gmp.h', since that will allow `gmp.h' to define
2856prototypes for these functions.
2857
2858   See also *note Formatted Output:: and *note Formatted Input::.
2859
2860 -- Function: size_t mpz_out_str (FILE *STREAM, int BASE, mpz_t OP)
2861     Output OP on stdio stream STREAM, as a string of digits in base
2862     BASE.  The base argument may vary from 2 to 62 or from -2 to -36.
2863
2864     For BASE in the range 2..36, digits and lower-case letters are
2865     used; for -2..-36, digits and upper-case letters are used; for
2866     37..62, digits, upper-case letters, and lower-case letters (in
2867     that significance order) are used.
2868
2869     Return the number of bytes written, or if an error occurred,
2870     return 0.
2871
2872 -- Function: size_t mpz_inp_str (mpz_t ROP, FILE *STREAM, int BASE)
2873     Input a possibly white-space preceded string in base BASE from
2874     stdio stream STREAM, and put the read integer in ROP.
2875
2876     The BASE may vary from 2 to 62, or if BASE is 0, then the leading
2877     characters are used: `0x' and `0X' for hexadecimal, `0b' and `0B'
2878     for binary, `0' for octal, or decimal otherwise.
2879
2880     For bases up to 36, case is ignored; upper-case and lower-case
2881     letters have the same value.  For bases 37 to 62, upper-case
2882     letter represent the usual 10..35 while lower-case letter
2883     represent 36..61.
2884
2885     Return the number of bytes read, or if an error occurred, return 0.
2886
2887 -- Function: size_t mpz_out_raw (FILE *STREAM, mpz_t OP)
2888     Output OP on stdio stream STREAM, in raw binary format.  The
2889     integer is written in a portable format, with 4 bytes of size
2890     information, and that many bytes of limbs.  Both the size and the
2891     limbs are written in decreasing significance order (i.e., in
2892     big-endian).
2893
2894     The output can be read with `mpz_inp_raw'.
2895
2896     Return the number of bytes written, or if an error occurred,
2897     return 0.
2898
2899     The output of this can not be read by `mpz_inp_raw' from GMP 1,
2900     because of changes necessary for compatibility between 32-bit and
2901     64-bit machines.
2902
2903 -- Function: size_t mpz_inp_raw (mpz_t ROP, FILE *STREAM)
2904     Input from stdio stream STREAM in the format written by
2905     `mpz_out_raw', and put the result in ROP.  Return the number of
2906     bytes read, or if an error occurred, return 0.
2907
2908     This routine can read the output from `mpz_out_raw' also from GMP
2909     1, in spite of changes necessary for compatibility between 32-bit
2910     and 64-bit machines.
2911
2912
2913File: gmp.info,  Node: Integer Random Numbers,  Next: Integer Import and Export,  Prev: I/O of Integers,  Up: Integer Functions
2914
29155.13 Random Number Functions
2916============================
2917
2918The random number functions of GMP come in two groups; older function
2919that rely on a global state, and newer functions that accept a state
2920parameter that is read and modified.  Please see the *note Random
2921Number Functions:: for more information on how to use and not to use
2922random number functions.
2923
2924 -- Function: void mpz_urandomb (mpz_t ROP, gmp_randstate_t STATE,
2925          mp_bitcnt_t N)
2926     Generate a uniformly distributed random integer in the range 0 to
2927     2^N-1, inclusive.
2928
2929     The variable STATE must be initialized by calling one of the
2930     `gmp_randinit' functions (*note Random State Initialization::)
2931     before invoking this function.
2932
2933 -- Function: void mpz_urandomm (mpz_t ROP, gmp_randstate_t STATE,
2934          mpz_t N)
2935     Generate a uniform random integer in the range 0 to N-1, inclusive.
2936
2937     The variable STATE must be initialized by calling one of the
2938     `gmp_randinit' functions (*note Random State Initialization::)
2939     before invoking this function.
2940
2941 -- Function: void mpz_rrandomb (mpz_t ROP, gmp_randstate_t STATE,
2942          mp_bitcnt_t N)
2943     Generate a random integer with long strings of zeros and ones in
2944     the binary representation.  Useful for testing functions and
2945     algorithms, since this kind of random numbers have proven to be
2946     more likely to trigger corner-case bugs.  The random number will
2947     be in the range 0 to 2^N-1, inclusive.
2948
2949     The variable STATE must be initialized by calling one of the
2950     `gmp_randinit' functions (*note Random State Initialization::)
2951     before invoking this function.
2952
2953 -- Function: void mpz_random (mpz_t ROP, mp_size_t MAX_SIZE)
2954     Generate a random integer of at most MAX_SIZE limbs.  The generated
2955     random number doesn't satisfy any particular requirements of
2956     randomness.  Negative random numbers are generated when MAX_SIZE
2957     is negative.
2958
2959     This function is obsolete.  Use `mpz_urandomb' or `mpz_urandomm'
2960     instead.
2961
2962 -- Function: void mpz_random2 (mpz_t ROP, mp_size_t MAX_SIZE)
2963     Generate a random integer of at most MAX_SIZE limbs, with long
2964     strings of zeros and ones in the binary representation.  Useful
2965     for testing functions and algorithms, since this kind of random
2966     numbers have proven to be more likely to trigger corner-case bugs.
2967     Negative random numbers are generated when MAX_SIZE is negative.
2968
2969     This function is obsolete.  Use `mpz_rrandomb' instead.
2970
2971
2972File: gmp.info,  Node: Integer Import and Export,  Next: Miscellaneous Integer Functions,  Prev: Integer Random Numbers,  Up: Integer Functions
2973
29745.14 Integer Import and Export
2975==============================
2976
2977`mpz_t' variables can be converted to and from arbitrary words of binary
2978data with the following functions.
2979
2980 -- Function: void mpz_import (mpz_t ROP, size_t COUNT, int ORDER,
2981          size_t SIZE, int ENDIAN, size_t NAILS, const void *OP)
2982     Set ROP from an array of word data at OP.
2983
2984     The parameters specify the format of the data.  COUNT many words
2985     are read, each SIZE bytes.  ORDER can be 1 for most significant
2986     word first or -1 for least significant first.  Within each word
2987     ENDIAN can be 1 for most significant byte first, -1 for least
2988     significant first, or 0 for the native endianness of the host CPU.
2989     The most significant NAILS bits of each word are skipped, this can
2990     be 0 to use the full words.
2991
2992     There is no sign taken from the data, ROP will simply be a positive
2993     integer.  An application can handle any sign itself, and apply it
2994     for instance with `mpz_neg'.
2995
2996     There are no data alignment restrictions on OP, any address is
2997     allowed.
2998
2999     Here's an example converting an array of `unsigned long' data, most
3000     significant element first, and host byte order within each value.
3001
3002          unsigned long  a[20];
3003          /* Initialize Z and A */
3004          mpz_import (z, 20, 1, sizeof(a[0]), 0, 0, a);
3005
3006     This example assumes the full `sizeof' bytes are used for data in
3007     the given type, which is usually true, and certainly true for
3008     `unsigned long' everywhere we know of.  However on Cray vector
3009     systems it may be noted that `short' and `int' are always stored
3010     in 8 bytes (and with `sizeof' indicating that) but use only 32 or
3011     46 bits.  The NAILS feature can account for this, by passing for
3012     instance `8*sizeof(int)-INT_BIT'.
3013
3014 -- Function: void * mpz_export (void *ROP, size_t *COUNTP, int ORDER,
3015          size_t SIZE, int ENDIAN, size_t NAILS, mpz_t OP)
3016     Fill ROP with word data from OP.
3017
3018     The parameters specify the format of the data produced.  Each word
3019     will be SIZE bytes and ORDER can be 1 for most significant word
3020     first or -1 for least significant first.  Within each word ENDIAN
3021     can be 1 for most significant byte first, -1 for least significant
3022     first, or 0 for the native endianness of the host CPU.  The most
3023     significant NAILS bits of each word are unused and set to zero,
3024     this can be 0 to produce full words.
3025
3026     The number of words produced is written to `*COUNTP', or COUNTP
3027     can be `NULL' to discard the count.  ROP must have enough space
3028     for the data, or if ROP is `NULL' then a result array of the
3029     necessary size is allocated using the current GMP allocation
3030     function (*note Custom Allocation::).  In either case the return
3031     value is the destination used, either ROP or the allocated block.
3032
3033     If OP is non-zero then the most significant word produced will be
3034     non-zero.  If OP is zero then the count returned will be zero and
3035     nothing written to ROP.  If ROP is `NULL' in this case, no block
3036     is allocated, just `NULL' is returned.
3037
3038     The sign of OP is ignored, just the absolute value is exported.  An
3039     application can use `mpz_sgn' to get the sign and handle it as
3040     desired.  (*note Integer Comparisons::)
3041
3042     There are no data alignment restrictions on ROP, any address is
3043     allowed.
3044
3045     When an application is allocating space itself the required size
3046     can be determined with a calculation like the following.  Since
3047     `mpz_sizeinbase' always returns at least 1, `count' here will be
3048     at least one, which avoids any portability problems with
3049     `malloc(0)', though if `z' is zero no space at all is actually
3050     needed (or written).
3051
3052          numb = 8*size - nail;
3053          count = (mpz_sizeinbase (z, 2) + numb-1) / numb;
3054          p = malloc (count * size);
3055
3056
3057File: gmp.info,  Node: Miscellaneous Integer Functions,  Next: Integer Special Functions,  Prev: Integer Import and Export,  Up: Integer Functions
3058
30595.15 Miscellaneous Functions
3060============================
3061
3062 -- Function: int mpz_fits_ulong_p (mpz_t OP)
3063 -- Function: int mpz_fits_slong_p (mpz_t OP)
3064 -- Function: int mpz_fits_uint_p (mpz_t OP)
3065 -- Function: int mpz_fits_sint_p (mpz_t OP)
3066 -- Function: int mpz_fits_ushort_p (mpz_t OP)
3067 -- Function: int mpz_fits_sshort_p (mpz_t OP)
3068     Return non-zero iff the value of OP fits in an `unsigned long int',
3069     `signed long int', `unsigned int', `signed int', `unsigned short
3070     int', or `signed short int', respectively.  Otherwise, return zero.
3071
3072 -- Macro: int mpz_odd_p (mpz_t OP)
3073 -- Macro: int mpz_even_p (mpz_t OP)
3074     Determine whether OP is odd or even, respectively.  Return
3075     non-zero if yes, zero if no.  These macros evaluate their argument
3076     more than once.
3077
3078 -- Function: size_t mpz_sizeinbase (mpz_t OP, int BASE)
3079     Return the size of OP measured in number of digits in the given
3080     BASE.  BASE can vary from 2 to 62.  The sign of OP is ignored,
3081     just the absolute value is used.  The result will be either exact
3082     or 1 too big.  If BASE is a power of 2, the result is always
3083     exact.  If OP is zero the return value is always 1.
3084
3085     This function can be used to determine the space required when
3086     converting OP to a string.  The right amount of allocation is
3087     normally two more than the value returned by `mpz_sizeinbase', one
3088     extra for a minus sign and one for the null-terminator.
3089
3090     It will be noted that `mpz_sizeinbase(OP,2)' can be used to locate
3091     the most significant 1 bit in OP, counting from 1.  (Unlike the
3092     bitwise functions which start from 0, *Note Logical and Bit
3093     Manipulation Functions: Integer Logic and Bit Fiddling.)
3094
3095
3096File: gmp.info,  Node: Integer Special Functions,  Prev: Miscellaneous Integer Functions,  Up: Integer Functions
3097
30985.16 Special Functions
3099======================
3100
3101The functions in this section are for various special purposes.  Most
3102applications will not need them.
3103
3104 -- Function: void mpz_array_init (mpz_t INTEGER_ARRAY, mp_size_t
3105          ARRAY_SIZE, mp_size_t FIXED_NUM_BITS)
3106     This is a special type of initialization.  *Fixed* space of
3107     FIXED_NUM_BITS is allocated to each of the ARRAY_SIZE integers in
3108     INTEGER_ARRAY.  There is no way to free the storage allocated by
3109     this function.  Don't call `mpz_clear'!
3110
3111     The INTEGER_ARRAY parameter is the first `mpz_t' in the array.  For
3112     example,
3113
3114          mpz_t  arr[20000];
3115          mpz_array_init (arr[0], 20000, 512);
3116
3117     This function is only intended for programs that create a large
3118     number of integers and need to reduce memory usage by avoiding the
3119     overheads of allocating and reallocating lots of small blocks.  In
3120     normal programs this function is not recommended.
3121
3122     The space allocated to each integer by this function will not be
3123     automatically increased, unlike the normal `mpz_init', so an
3124     application must ensure it is sufficient for any value stored.
3125     The following space requirements apply to various routines,
3126
3127        * `mpz_abs', `mpz_neg', `mpz_set', `mpz_set_si' and
3128          `mpz_set_ui' need room for the value they store.
3129
3130        * `mpz_add', `mpz_add_ui', `mpz_sub' and `mpz_sub_ui' need room
3131          for the larger of the two operands, plus an extra
3132          `mp_bits_per_limb'.
3133
3134        * `mpz_mul', `mpz_mul_ui' and `mpz_mul_si' need room for the sum
3135          of the number of bits in their operands, but each rounded up
3136          to a multiple of `mp_bits_per_limb'.
3137
3138        * `mpz_swap' can be used between two array variables, but not
3139          between an array and a normal variable.
3140
3141     For other functions, or if in doubt, the suggestion is to
3142     calculate in a regular `mpz_init' variable and copy the result to
3143     an array variable with `mpz_set'.
3144
3145 -- Function: void * _mpz_realloc (mpz_t INTEGER, mp_size_t NEW_ALLOC)
3146     Change the space for INTEGER to NEW_ALLOC limbs.  The value in
3147     INTEGER is preserved if it fits, or is set to 0 if not.  The return
3148     value is not useful to applications and should be ignored.
3149
3150     `mpz_realloc2' is the preferred way to accomplish allocation
3151     changes like this.  `mpz_realloc2' and `_mpz_realloc' are the same
3152     except that `_mpz_realloc' takes its size in limbs.
3153
3154 -- Function: mp_limb_t mpz_getlimbn (mpz_t OP, mp_size_t N)
3155     Return limb number N from OP.  The sign of OP is ignored, just the
3156     absolute value is used.  The least significant limb is number 0.
3157
3158     `mpz_size' can be used to find how many limbs make up OP.
3159     `mpz_getlimbn' returns zero if N is outside the range 0 to
3160     `mpz_size(OP)-1'.
3161
3162 -- Function: size_t mpz_size (mpz_t OP)
3163     Return the size of OP measured in number of limbs.  If OP is zero,
3164     the returned value will be zero.
3165
3166
3167File: gmp.info,  Node: Rational Number Functions,  Next: Floating-point Functions,  Prev: Integer Functions,  Up: Top
3168
31696 Rational Number Functions
3170***************************
3171
3172This chapter describes the GMP functions for performing arithmetic on
3173rational numbers.  These functions start with the prefix `mpq_'.
3174
3175   Rational numbers are stored in objects of type `mpq_t'.
3176
3177   All rational arithmetic functions assume operands have a canonical
3178form, and canonicalize their result.  The canonical from means that the
3179denominator and the numerator have no common factors, and that the
3180denominator is positive.  Zero has the unique representation 0/1.
3181
3182   Pure assignment functions do not canonicalize the assigned variable.
3183It is the responsibility of the user to canonicalize the assigned
3184variable before any arithmetic operations are performed on that
3185variable.
3186
3187 -- Function: void mpq_canonicalize (mpq_t OP)
3188     Remove any factors that are common to the numerator and
3189     denominator of OP, and make the denominator positive.
3190
3191* Menu:
3192
3193* Initializing Rationals::
3194* Rational Conversions::
3195* Rational Arithmetic::
3196* Comparing Rationals::
3197* Applying Integer Functions::
3198* I/O of Rationals::
3199
3200
3201File: gmp.info,  Node: Initializing Rationals,  Next: Rational Conversions,  Prev: Rational Number Functions,  Up: Rational Number Functions
3202
32036.1 Initialization and Assignment Functions
3204===========================================
3205
3206 -- Function: void mpq_init (mpq_t X)
3207     Initialize X and set it to 0/1.  Each variable should normally
3208     only be initialized once, or at least cleared out (using the
3209     function `mpq_clear') between each initialization.
3210
3211 -- Function: void mpq_inits (mpq_t X, ...)
3212     Initialize a NULL-terminated list of `mpq_t' variables, and set
3213     their values to 0/1.
3214
3215 -- Function: void mpq_clear (mpq_t X)
3216     Free the space occupied by X.  Make sure to call this function for
3217     all `mpq_t' variables when you are done with them.
3218
3219 -- Function: void mpq_clears (mpq_t X, ...)
3220     Free the space occupied by a NULL-terminated list of `mpq_t'
3221     variables.
3222
3223 -- Function: void mpq_set (mpq_t ROP, mpq_t OP)
3224 -- Function: void mpq_set_z (mpq_t ROP, mpz_t OP)
3225     Assign ROP from OP.
3226
3227 -- Function: void mpq_set_ui (mpq_t ROP, unsigned long int OP1,
3228          unsigned long int OP2)
3229 -- Function: void mpq_set_si (mpq_t ROP, signed long int OP1, unsigned
3230          long int OP2)
3231     Set the value of ROP to OP1/OP2.  Note that if OP1 and OP2 have
3232     common factors, ROP has to be passed to `mpq_canonicalize' before
3233     any operations are performed on ROP.
3234
3235 -- Function: int mpq_set_str (mpq_t ROP, char *STR, int BASE)
3236     Set ROP from a null-terminated string STR in the given BASE.
3237
3238     The string can be an integer like "41" or a fraction like
3239     "41/152".  The fraction must be in canonical form (*note Rational
3240     Number Functions::), or if not then `mpq_canonicalize' must be
3241     called.
3242
3243     The numerator and optional denominator are parsed the same as in
3244     `mpz_set_str' (*note Assigning Integers::).  White space is
3245     allowed in the string, and is simply ignored.  The BASE can vary
3246     from 2 to 62, or if BASE is 0 then the leading characters are
3247     used: `0x' or `0X' for hex, `0b' or `0B' for binary, `0' for
3248     octal, or decimal otherwise.  Note that this is done separately
3249     for the numerator and denominator, so for instance `0xEF/100' is
3250     239/100, whereas `0xEF/0x100' is 239/256.
3251
3252     The return value is 0 if the entire string is a valid number, or
3253     -1 if not.
3254
3255 -- Function: void mpq_swap (mpq_t ROP1, mpq_t ROP2)
3256     Swap the values ROP1 and ROP2 efficiently.
3257
3258
3259File: gmp.info,  Node: Rational Conversions,  Next: Rational Arithmetic,  Prev: Initializing Rationals,  Up: Rational Number Functions
3260
32616.2 Conversion Functions
3262========================
3263
3264 -- Function: double mpq_get_d (mpq_t OP)
3265     Convert OP to a `double', truncating if necessary (i.e. rounding
3266     towards zero).
3267
3268     If the exponent from the conversion is too big or too small to fit
3269     a `double' then the result is system dependent.  For too big an
3270     infinity is returned when available.  For too small 0.0 is
3271     normally returned.  Hardware overflow, underflow and denorm traps
3272     may or may not occur.
3273
3274 -- Function: void mpq_set_d (mpq_t ROP, double OP)
3275 -- Function: void mpq_set_f (mpq_t ROP, mpf_t OP)
3276     Set ROP to the value of OP.  There is no rounding, this conversion
3277     is exact.
3278
3279 -- Function: char * mpq_get_str (char *STR, int BASE, mpq_t OP)
3280     Convert OP to a string of digits in base BASE.  The base may vary
3281     from 2 to 36.  The string will be of the form `num/den', or if the
3282     denominator is 1 then just `num'.
3283
3284     If STR is `NULL', the result string is allocated using the current
3285     allocation function (*note Custom Allocation::).  The block will be
3286     `strlen(str)+1' bytes, that being exactly enough for the string and
3287     null-terminator.
3288
3289     If STR is not `NULL', it should point to a block of storage large
3290     enough for the result, that being
3291
3292          mpz_sizeinbase (mpq_numref(OP), BASE)
3293          + mpz_sizeinbase (mpq_denref(OP), BASE) + 3
3294
3295     The three extra bytes are for a possible minus sign, possible
3296     slash, and the null-terminator.
3297
3298     A pointer to the result string is returned, being either the
3299     allocated block, or the given STR.
3300
3301
3302File: gmp.info,  Node: Rational Arithmetic,  Next: Comparing Rationals,  Prev: Rational Conversions,  Up: Rational Number Functions
3303
33046.3 Arithmetic Functions
3305========================
3306
3307 -- Function: void mpq_add (mpq_t SUM, mpq_t ADDEND1, mpq_t ADDEND2)
3308     Set SUM to ADDEND1 + ADDEND2.
3309
3310 -- Function: void mpq_sub (mpq_t DIFFERENCE, mpq_t MINUEND, mpq_t
3311          SUBTRAHEND)
3312     Set DIFFERENCE to MINUEND - SUBTRAHEND.
3313
3314 -- Function: void mpq_mul (mpq_t PRODUCT, mpq_t MULTIPLIER, mpq_t
3315          MULTIPLICAND)
3316     Set PRODUCT to MULTIPLIER times MULTIPLICAND.
3317
3318 -- Function: void mpq_mul_2exp (mpq_t ROP, mpq_t OP1, mp_bitcnt_t OP2)
3319     Set ROP to OP1 times 2 raised to OP2.
3320
3321 -- Function: void mpq_div (mpq_t QUOTIENT, mpq_t DIVIDEND, mpq_t
3322          DIVISOR)
3323     Set QUOTIENT to DIVIDEND/DIVISOR.
3324
3325 -- Function: void mpq_div_2exp (mpq_t ROP, mpq_t OP1, mp_bitcnt_t OP2)
3326     Set ROP to OP1 divided by 2 raised to OP2.
3327
3328 -- Function: void mpq_neg (mpq_t NEGATED_OPERAND, mpq_t OPERAND)
3329     Set NEGATED_OPERAND to -OPERAND.
3330
3331 -- Function: void mpq_abs (mpq_t ROP, mpq_t OP)
3332     Set ROP to the absolute value of OP.
3333
3334 -- Function: void mpq_inv (mpq_t INVERTED_NUMBER, mpq_t NUMBER)
3335     Set INVERTED_NUMBER to 1/NUMBER.  If the new denominator is zero,
3336     this routine will divide by zero.
3337
3338
3339File: gmp.info,  Node: Comparing Rationals,  Next: Applying Integer Functions,  Prev: Rational Arithmetic,  Up: Rational Number Functions
3340
33416.4 Comparison Functions
3342========================
3343
3344 -- Function: int mpq_cmp (mpq_t OP1, mpq_t OP2)
3345     Compare OP1 and OP2.  Return a positive value if OP1 > OP2, zero
3346     if OP1 = OP2, and a negative value if OP1 < OP2.
3347
3348     To determine if two rationals are equal, `mpq_equal' is faster than
3349     `mpq_cmp'.
3350
3351 -- Macro: int mpq_cmp_ui (mpq_t OP1, unsigned long int NUM2, unsigned
3352          long int DEN2)
3353 -- Macro: int mpq_cmp_si (mpq_t OP1, long int NUM2, unsigned long int
3354          DEN2)
3355     Compare OP1 and NUM2/DEN2.  Return a positive value if OP1 >
3356     NUM2/DEN2, zero if OP1 = NUM2/DEN2, and a negative value if OP1 <
3357     NUM2/DEN2.
3358
3359     NUM2 and DEN2 are allowed to have common factors.
3360
3361     These functions are implemented as a macros and evaluate their
3362     arguments multiple times.
3363
3364 -- Macro: int mpq_sgn (mpq_t OP)
3365     Return +1 if OP > 0, 0 if OP = 0, and -1 if OP < 0.
3366
3367     This function is actually implemented as a macro.  It evaluates its
3368     arguments multiple times.
3369
3370 -- Function: int mpq_equal (mpq_t OP1, mpq_t OP2)
3371     Return non-zero if OP1 and OP2 are equal, zero if they are
3372     non-equal.  Although `mpq_cmp' can be used for the same purpose,
3373     this function is much faster.
3374
3375
3376File: gmp.info,  Node: Applying Integer Functions,  Next: I/O of Rationals,  Prev: Comparing Rationals,  Up: Rational Number Functions
3377
33786.5 Applying Integer Functions to Rationals
3379===========================================
3380
3381The set of `mpq' functions is quite small.  In particular, there are few
3382functions for either input or output.  The following functions give
3383direct access to the numerator and denominator of an `mpq_t'.
3384
3385   Note that if an assignment to the numerator and/or denominator could
3386take an `mpq_t' out of the canonical form described at the start of
3387this chapter (*note Rational Number Functions::) then
3388`mpq_canonicalize' must be called before any other `mpq' functions are
3389applied to that `mpq_t'.
3390
3391 -- Macro: mpz_t mpq_numref (mpq_t OP)
3392 -- Macro: mpz_t mpq_denref (mpq_t OP)
3393     Return a reference to the numerator and denominator of OP,
3394     respectively.  The `mpz' functions can be used on the result of
3395     these macros.
3396
3397 -- Function: void mpq_get_num (mpz_t NUMERATOR, mpq_t RATIONAL)
3398 -- Function: void mpq_get_den (mpz_t DENOMINATOR, mpq_t RATIONAL)
3399 -- Function: void mpq_set_num (mpq_t RATIONAL, mpz_t NUMERATOR)
3400 -- Function: void mpq_set_den (mpq_t RATIONAL, mpz_t DENOMINATOR)
3401     Get or set the numerator or denominator of a rational.  These
3402     functions are equivalent to calling `mpz_set' with an appropriate
3403     `mpq_numref' or `mpq_denref'.  Direct use of `mpq_numref' or
3404     `mpq_denref' is recommended instead of these functions.
3405
3406
3407File: gmp.info,  Node: I/O of Rationals,  Prev: Applying Integer Functions,  Up: Rational Number Functions
3408
34096.6 Input and Output Functions
3410==============================
3411
3412Functions that perform input from a stdio stream, and functions that
3413output to a stdio stream, of `mpq' numbers.  Passing a `NULL' pointer
3414for a STREAM argument to any of these functions will make them read from
3415`stdin' and write to `stdout', respectively.
3416
3417   When using any of these functions, it is a good idea to include
3418`stdio.h' before `gmp.h', since that will allow `gmp.h' to define
3419prototypes for these functions.
3420
3421   See also *note Formatted Output:: and *note Formatted Input::.
3422
3423 -- Function: size_t mpq_out_str (FILE *STREAM, int BASE, mpq_t OP)
3424     Output OP on stdio stream STREAM, as a string of digits in base
3425     BASE.  The base may vary from 2 to 36.  Output is in the form
3426     `num/den' or if the denominator is 1 then just `num'.
3427
3428     Return the number of bytes written, or if an error occurred,
3429     return 0.
3430
3431 -- Function: size_t mpq_inp_str (mpq_t ROP, FILE *STREAM, int BASE)
3432     Read a string of digits from STREAM and convert them to a rational
3433     in ROP.  Any initial white-space characters are read and
3434     discarded.  Return the number of characters read (including white
3435     space), or 0 if a rational could not be read.
3436
3437     The input can be a fraction like `17/63' or just an integer like
3438     `123'.  Reading stops at the first character not in this form, and
3439     white space is not permitted within the string.  If the input
3440     might not be in canonical form, then `mpq_canonicalize' must be
3441     called (*note Rational Number Functions::).
3442
3443     The BASE can be between 2 and 36, or can be 0 in which case the
3444     leading characters of the string determine the base, `0x' or `0X'
3445     for hexadecimal, `0' for octal, or decimal otherwise.  The leading
3446     characters are examined separately for the numerator and
3447     denominator of a fraction, so for instance `0x10/11' is 16/11,
3448     whereas `0x10/0x11' is 16/17.
3449
3450
3451File: gmp.info,  Node: Floating-point Functions,  Next: Low-level Functions,  Prev: Rational Number Functions,  Up: Top
3452
34537 Floating-point Functions
3454**************************
3455
3456GMP floating point numbers are stored in objects of type `mpf_t' and
3457functions operating on them have an `mpf_' prefix.
3458
3459   The mantissa of each float has a user-selectable precision, limited
3460only by available memory.  Each variable has its own precision, and
3461that can be increased or decreased at any time.
3462
3463   The exponent of each float is a fixed precision, one machine word on
3464most systems.  In the current implementation the exponent is a count of
3465limbs, so for example on a 32-bit system this means a range of roughly
34662^-68719476768 to 2^68719476736, or on a 64-bit system this will be
3467greater.  Note however `mpf_get_str' can only return an exponent which
3468fits an `mp_exp_t' and currently `mpf_set_str' doesn't accept exponents
3469bigger than a `long'.
3470
3471   Each variable keeps a size for the mantissa data actually in use.
3472This means that if a float is exactly represented in only a few bits
3473then only those bits will be used in a calculation, even if the
3474selected precision is high.
3475
3476   All calculations are performed to the precision of the destination
3477variable.  Each function is defined to calculate with "infinite
3478precision" followed by a truncation to the destination precision, but
3479of course the work done is only what's needed to determine a result
3480under that definition.
3481
3482   The precision selected for a variable is a minimum value, GMP may
3483increase it a little to facilitate efficient calculation.  Currently
3484this means rounding up to a whole limb, and then sometimes having a
3485further partial limb, depending on the high limb of the mantissa.  But
3486applications shouldn't be concerned by such details.
3487
3488   The mantissa in stored in binary, as might be imagined from the fact
3489precisions are expressed in bits.  One consequence of this is that
3490decimal fractions like 0.1 cannot be represented exactly.  The same is
3491true of plain IEEE `double' floats.  This makes both highly unsuitable
3492for calculations involving money or other values that should be exact
3493decimal fractions.  (Suitably scaled integers, or perhaps rationals,
3494are better choices.)
3495
3496   `mpf' functions and variables have no special notion of infinity or
3497not-a-number, and applications must take care not to overflow the
3498exponent or results will be unpredictable.  This might change in a
3499future release.
3500
3501   Note that the `mpf' functions are _not_ intended as a smooth
3502extension to IEEE P754 arithmetic.  In particular results obtained on
3503one computer often differ from the results on a computer with a
3504different word size.
3505
3506* Menu:
3507
3508* Initializing Floats::
3509* Assigning Floats::
3510* Simultaneous Float Init & Assign::
3511* Converting Floats::
3512* Float Arithmetic::
3513* Float Comparison::
3514* I/O of Floats::
3515* Miscellaneous Float Functions::
3516
3517
3518File: gmp.info,  Node: Initializing Floats,  Next: Assigning Floats,  Prev: Floating-point Functions,  Up: Floating-point Functions
3519
35207.1 Initialization Functions
3521============================
3522
3523 -- Function: void mpf_set_default_prec (mp_bitcnt_t PREC)
3524     Set the default precision to be *at least* PREC bits.  All
3525     subsequent calls to `mpf_init' will use this precision, but
3526     previously initialized variables are unaffected.
3527
3528 -- Function: mp_bitcnt_t mpf_get_default_prec (void)
3529     Return the default precision actually used.
3530
3531   An `mpf_t' object must be initialized before storing the first value
3532in it.  The functions `mpf_init' and `mpf_init2' are used for that
3533purpose.
3534
3535 -- Function: void mpf_init (mpf_t X)
3536     Initialize X to 0.  Normally, a variable should be initialized
3537     once only or at least be cleared, using `mpf_clear', between
3538     initializations.  The precision of X is undefined unless a default
3539     precision has already been established by a call to
3540     `mpf_set_default_prec'.
3541
3542 -- Function: void mpf_init2 (mpf_t X, mp_bitcnt_t PREC)
3543     Initialize X to 0 and set its precision to be *at least* PREC
3544     bits.  Normally, a variable should be initialized once only or at
3545     least be cleared, using `mpf_clear', between initializations.
3546
3547 -- Function: void mpf_inits (mpf_t X, ...)
3548     Initialize a NULL-terminated list of `mpf_t' variables, and set
3549     their values to 0.  The precision of the initialized variables is
3550     undefined unless a default precision has already been established
3551     by a call to `mpf_set_default_prec'.
3552
3553 -- Function: void mpf_clear (mpf_t X)
3554     Free the space occupied by X.  Make sure to call this function for
3555     all `mpf_t' variables when you are done with them.
3556
3557 -- Function: void mpf_clears (mpf_t X, ...)
3558     Free the space occupied by a NULL-terminated list of `mpf_t'
3559     variables.
3560
3561   Here is an example on how to initialize floating-point variables:
3562     {
3563       mpf_t x, y;
3564       mpf_init (x);           /* use default precision */
3565       mpf_init2 (y, 256);     /* precision _at least_ 256 bits */
3566       ...
3567       /* Unless the program is about to exit, do ... */
3568       mpf_clear (x);
3569       mpf_clear (y);
3570     }
3571
3572   The following three functions are useful for changing the precision
3573during a calculation.  A typical use would be for adjusting the
3574precision gradually in iterative algorithms like Newton-Raphson, making
3575the computation precision closely match the actual accurate part of the
3576numbers.
3577
3578 -- Function: mp_bitcnt_t mpf_get_prec (mpf_t OP)
3579     Return the current precision of OP, in bits.
3580
3581 -- Function: void mpf_set_prec (mpf_t ROP, mp_bitcnt_t PREC)
3582     Set the precision of ROP to be *at least* PREC bits.  The value in
3583     ROP will be truncated to the new precision.
3584
3585     This function requires a call to `realloc', and so should not be
3586     used in a tight loop.
3587
3588 -- Function: void mpf_set_prec_raw (mpf_t ROP, mp_bitcnt_t PREC)
3589     Set the precision of ROP to be *at least* PREC bits, without
3590     changing the memory allocated.
3591
3592     PREC must be no more than the allocated precision for ROP, that
3593     being the precision when ROP was initialized, or in the most recent
3594     `mpf_set_prec'.
3595
3596     The value in ROP is unchanged, and in particular if it had a higher
3597     precision than PREC it will retain that higher precision.  New
3598     values written to ROP will use the new PREC.
3599
3600     Before calling `mpf_clear' or the full `mpf_set_prec', another
3601     `mpf_set_prec_raw' call must be made to restore ROP to its original
3602     allocated precision.  Failing to do so will have unpredictable
3603     results.
3604
3605     `mpf_get_prec' can be used before `mpf_set_prec_raw' to get the
3606     original allocated precision.  After `mpf_set_prec_raw' it
3607     reflects the PREC value set.
3608
3609     `mpf_set_prec_raw' is an efficient way to use an `mpf_t' variable
3610     at different precisions during a calculation, perhaps to gradually
3611     increase precision in an iteration, or just to use various
3612     different precisions for different purposes during a calculation.
3613
3614
3615File: gmp.info,  Node: Assigning Floats,  Next: Simultaneous Float Init & Assign,  Prev: Initializing Floats,  Up: Floating-point Functions
3616
36177.2 Assignment Functions
3618========================
3619
3620These functions assign new values to already initialized floats (*note
3621Initializing Floats::).
3622
3623 -- Function: void mpf_set (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP)
3624 -- Function: void mpf_set_ui (mpf_t ROP, unsigned long int OP)
3625 -- Function: void mpf_set_si (mpf_t ROP, signed long int OP)
3626 -- Function: void mpf_set_d (mpf_t ROP, double OP)
3627 -- Function: void mpf_set_z (mpf_t ROP, mpz_t OP)
3628 -- Function: void mpf_set_q (mpf_t ROP, mpq_t OP)
3629     Set the value of ROP from OP.
3630
3631 -- Function: int mpf_set_str (mpf_t ROP, char *STR, int BASE)
3632     Set the value of ROP from the string in STR.  The string is of the
3633     form `M@N' or, if the base is 10 or less, alternatively `MeN'.
3634     `M' is the mantissa and `N' is the exponent.  The mantissa is
3635     always in the specified base.  The exponent is either in the
3636     specified base or, if BASE is negative, in decimal.  The decimal
3637     point expected is taken from the current locale, on systems
3638     providing `localeconv'.
3639
3640     The argument BASE may be in the ranges 2 to 62, or -62 to -2.
3641     Negative values are used to specify that the exponent is in
3642     decimal.
3643
3644     For bases up to 36, case is ignored; upper-case and lower-case
3645     letters have the same value; for bases 37 to 62, upper-case letter
3646     represent the usual 10..35 while lower-case letter represent
3647     36..61.
3648
3649     Unlike the corresponding `mpz' function, the base will not be
3650     determined from the leading characters of the string if BASE is 0.
3651     This is so that numbers like `0.23' are not interpreted as octal.
3652
3653     White space is allowed in the string, and is simply ignored.
3654     [This is not really true; white-space is ignored in the beginning
3655     of the string and within the mantissa, but not in other places,
3656     such as after a minus sign or in the exponent.  We are considering
3657     changing the definition of this function, making it fail when
3658     there is any white-space in the input, since that makes a lot of
3659     sense.  Please tell us your opinion about this change.  Do you
3660     really want it to accept "3 14" as meaning 314 as it does now?]
3661
3662     This function returns 0 if the entire string is a valid number in
3663     base BASE.  Otherwise it returns -1.
3664
3665 -- Function: void mpf_swap (mpf_t ROP1, mpf_t ROP2)
3666     Swap ROP1 and ROP2 efficiently.  Both the values and the
3667     precisions of the two variables are swapped.
3668
3669
3670File: gmp.info,  Node: Simultaneous Float Init & Assign,  Next: Converting Floats,  Prev: Assigning Floats,  Up: Floating-point Functions
3671
36727.3 Combined Initialization and Assignment Functions
3673====================================================
3674
3675For convenience, GMP provides a parallel series of initialize-and-set
3676functions which initialize the output and then store the value there.
3677These functions' names have the form `mpf_init_set...'
3678
3679   Once the float has been initialized by any of the `mpf_init_set...'
3680functions, it can be used as the source or destination operand for the
3681ordinary float functions.  Don't use an initialize-and-set function on
3682a variable already initialized!
3683
3684 -- Function: void mpf_init_set (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP)
3685 -- Function: void mpf_init_set_ui (mpf_t ROP, unsigned long int OP)
3686 -- Function: void mpf_init_set_si (mpf_t ROP, signed long int OP)
3687 -- Function: void mpf_init_set_d (mpf_t ROP, double OP)
3688     Initialize ROP and set its value from OP.
3689
3690     The precision of ROP will be taken from the active default
3691     precision, as set by `mpf_set_default_prec'.
3692
3693 -- Function: int mpf_init_set_str (mpf_t ROP, char *STR, int BASE)
3694     Initialize ROP and set its value from the string in STR.  See
3695     `mpf_set_str' above for details on the assignment operation.
3696
3697     Note that ROP is initialized even if an error occurs.  (I.e., you
3698     have to call `mpf_clear' for it.)
3699
3700     The precision of ROP will be taken from the active default
3701     precision, as set by `mpf_set_default_prec'.
3702
3703
3704File: gmp.info,  Node: Converting Floats,  Next: Float Arithmetic,  Prev: Simultaneous Float Init & Assign,  Up: Floating-point Functions
3705
37067.4 Conversion Functions
3707========================
3708
3709 -- Function: double mpf_get_d (mpf_t OP)
3710     Convert OP to a `double', truncating if necessary (i.e. rounding
3711     towards zero).
3712
3713     If the exponent in OP is too big or too small to fit a `double'
3714     then the result is system dependent.  For too big an infinity is
3715     returned when available.  For too small 0.0 is normally returned.
3716     Hardware overflow, underflow and denorm traps may or may not occur.
3717
3718 -- Function: double mpf_get_d_2exp (signed long int *EXP, mpf_t OP)
3719     Convert OP to a `double', truncating if necessary (i.e. rounding
3720     towards zero), and with an exponent returned separately.
3721
3722     The return value is in the range 0.5<=abs(D)<1 and the exponent is
3723     stored to `*EXP'.  D * 2^EXP is the (truncated) OP value.  If OP
3724     is zero, the return is 0.0 and 0 is stored to `*EXP'.
3725
3726     This is similar to the standard C `frexp' function (*note
3727     Normalization Functions: (libc)Normalization Functions.).
3728
3729 -- Function: long mpf_get_si (mpf_t OP)
3730 -- Function: unsigned long mpf_get_ui (mpf_t OP)
3731     Convert OP to a `long' or `unsigned long', truncating any fraction
3732     part.  If OP is too big for the return type, the result is
3733     undefined.
3734
3735     See also `mpf_fits_slong_p' and `mpf_fits_ulong_p' (*note
3736     Miscellaneous Float Functions::).
3737
3738 -- Function: char * mpf_get_str (char *STR, mp_exp_t *EXPPTR, int
3739          BASE, size_t N_DIGITS, mpf_t OP)
3740     Convert OP to a string of digits in base BASE.  The base argument
3741     may vary from 2 to 62 or from -2 to -36.  Up to N_DIGITS digits
3742     will be generated.  Trailing zeros are not returned.  No more
3743     digits than can be accurately represented by OP are ever
3744     generated.  If N_DIGITS is 0 then that accurate maximum number of
3745     digits are generated.
3746
3747     For BASE in the range 2..36, digits and lower-case letters are
3748     used; for -2..-36, digits and upper-case letters are used; for
3749     37..62, digits, upper-case letters, and lower-case letters (in
3750     that significance order) are used.
3751
3752     If STR is `NULL', the result string is allocated using the current
3753     allocation function (*note Custom Allocation::).  The block will be
3754     `strlen(str)+1' bytes, that being exactly enough for the string and
3755     null-terminator.
3756
3757     If STR is not `NULL', it should point to a block of N_DIGITS + 2
3758     bytes, that being enough for the mantissa, a possible minus sign,
3759     and a null-terminator.  When N_DIGITS is 0 to get all significant
3760     digits, an application won't be able to know the space required,
3761     and STR should be `NULL' in that case.
3762
3763     The generated string is a fraction, with an implicit radix point
3764     immediately to the left of the first digit.  The applicable
3765     exponent is written through the EXPPTR pointer.  For example, the
3766     number 3.1416 would be returned as string "31416" and exponent 1.
3767
3768     When OP is zero, an empty string is produced and the exponent
3769     returned is 0.
3770
3771     A pointer to the result string is returned, being either the
3772     allocated block or the given STR.
3773
3774
3775File: gmp.info,  Node: Float Arithmetic,  Next: Float Comparison,  Prev: Converting Floats,  Up: Floating-point Functions
3776
37777.5 Arithmetic Functions
3778========================
3779
3780 -- Function: void mpf_add (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP1, mpf_t OP2)
3781 -- Function: void mpf_add_ui (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP1, unsigned long int
3782          OP2)
3783     Set ROP to OP1 + OP2.
3784
3785 -- Function: void mpf_sub (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP1, mpf_t OP2)
3786 -- Function: void mpf_ui_sub (mpf_t ROP, unsigned long int OP1, mpf_t
3787          OP2)
3788 -- Function: void mpf_sub_ui (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP1, unsigned long int
3789          OP2)
3790     Set ROP to OP1 - OP2.
3791
3792 -- Function: void mpf_mul (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP1, mpf_t OP2)
3793 -- Function: void mpf_mul_ui (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP1, unsigned long int
3794          OP2)
3795     Set ROP to OP1 times OP2.
3796
3797   Division is undefined if the divisor is zero, and passing a zero
3798divisor to the divide functions will make these functions intentionally
3799divide by zero.  This lets the user handle arithmetic exceptions in
3800these functions in the same manner as other arithmetic exceptions.
3801
3802 -- Function: void mpf_div (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP1, mpf_t OP2)
3803 -- Function: void mpf_ui_div (mpf_t ROP, unsigned long int OP1, mpf_t
3804          OP2)
3805 -- Function: void mpf_div_ui (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP1, unsigned long int
3806          OP2)
3807     Set ROP to OP1/OP2.
3808
3809 -- Function: void mpf_sqrt (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP)
3810 -- Function: void mpf_sqrt_ui (mpf_t ROP, unsigned long int OP)
3811     Set ROP to the square root of OP.
3812
3813 -- Function: void mpf_pow_ui (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP1, unsigned long int
3814          OP2)
3815     Set ROP to OP1 raised to the power OP2.
3816
3817 -- Function: void mpf_neg (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP)
3818     Set ROP to -OP.
3819
3820 -- Function: void mpf_abs (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP)
3821     Set ROP to the absolute value of OP.
3822
3823 -- Function: void mpf_mul_2exp (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP1, mp_bitcnt_t OP2)
3824     Set ROP to OP1 times 2 raised to OP2.
3825
3826 -- Function: void mpf_div_2exp (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP1, mp_bitcnt_t OP2)
3827     Set ROP to OP1 divided by 2 raised to OP2.
3828
3829
3830File: gmp.info,  Node: Float Comparison,  Next: I/O of Floats,  Prev: Float Arithmetic,  Up: Floating-point Functions
3831
38327.6 Comparison Functions
3833========================
3834
3835 -- Function: int mpf_cmp (mpf_t OP1, mpf_t OP2)
3836 -- Function: int mpf_cmp_d (mpf_t OP1, double OP2)
3837 -- Function: int mpf_cmp_ui (mpf_t OP1, unsigned long int OP2)
3838 -- Function: int mpf_cmp_si (mpf_t OP1, signed long int OP2)
3839     Compare OP1 and OP2.  Return a positive value if OP1 > OP2, zero
3840     if OP1 = OP2, and a negative value if OP1 < OP2.
3841
3842     `mpf_cmp_d' can be called with an infinity, but results are
3843     undefined for a NaN.
3844
3845 -- Function: int mpf_eq (mpf_t OP1, mpf_t OP2, mp_bitcnt_t op3)
3846     Return non-zero if the first OP3 bits of OP1 and OP2 are equal,
3847     zero otherwise.  I.e., test if OP1 and OP2 are approximately equal.
3848
3849     Caution 1: All version of GMP up to version 4.2.4 compared just
3850     whole limbs, meaning sometimes more than OP3 bits, sometimes fewer.
3851
3852     Caution 2: This function will consider XXX11...111 and XX100...000
3853     different, even if ... is replaced by a semi-infinite number of
3854     bits.  Such numbers are really just one ulp off, and should be
3855     considered equal.
3856
3857 -- Function: void mpf_reldiff (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP1, mpf_t OP2)
3858     Compute the relative difference between OP1 and OP2 and store the
3859     result in ROP.  This is abs(OP1-OP2)/OP1.
3860
3861 -- Macro: int mpf_sgn (mpf_t OP)
3862     Return +1 if OP > 0, 0 if OP = 0, and -1 if OP < 0.
3863
3864     This function is actually implemented as a macro.  It evaluates
3865     its arguments multiple times.
3866
3867
3868File: gmp.info,  Node: I/O of Floats,  Next: Miscellaneous Float Functions,  Prev: Float Comparison,  Up: Floating-point Functions
3869
38707.7 Input and Output Functions
3871==============================
3872
3873Functions that perform input from a stdio stream, and functions that
3874output to a stdio stream, of `mpf' numbers.  Passing a `NULL' pointer
3875for a STREAM argument to any of these functions will make them read from
3876`stdin' and write to `stdout', respectively.
3877
3878   When using any of these functions, it is a good idea to include
3879`stdio.h' before `gmp.h', since that will allow `gmp.h' to define
3880prototypes for these functions.
3881
3882   See also *note Formatted Output:: and *note Formatted Input::.
3883
3884 -- Function: size_t mpf_out_str (FILE *STREAM, int BASE, size_t
3885          N_DIGITS, mpf_t OP)
3886     Print OP to STREAM, as a string of digits.  Return the number of
3887     bytes written, or if an error occurred, return 0.
3888
3889     The mantissa is prefixed with an `0.' and is in the given BASE,
3890     which may vary from 2 to 62 or from -2 to -36.  An exponent is
3891     then printed, separated by an `e', or if the base is greater than
3892     10 then by an `@'.  The exponent is always in decimal.  The
3893     decimal point follows the current locale, on systems providing
3894     `localeconv'.
3895
3896     For BASE in the range 2..36, digits and lower-case letters are
3897     used; for -2..-36, digits and upper-case letters are used; for
3898     37..62, digits, upper-case letters, and lower-case letters (in
3899     that significance order) are used.
3900
3901     Up to N_DIGITS will be printed from the mantissa, except that no
3902     more digits than are accurately representable by OP will be
3903     printed.  N_DIGITS can be 0 to select that accurate maximum.
3904
3905 -- Function: size_t mpf_inp_str (mpf_t ROP, FILE *STREAM, int BASE)
3906     Read a string in base BASE from STREAM, and put the read float in
3907     ROP.  The string is of the form `M@N' or, if the base is 10 or
3908     less, alternatively `MeN'.  `M' is the mantissa and `N' is the
3909     exponent.  The mantissa is always in the specified base.  The
3910     exponent is either in the specified base or, if BASE is negative,
3911     in decimal.  The decimal point expected is taken from the current
3912     locale, on systems providing `localeconv'.
3913
3914     The argument BASE may be in the ranges 2 to 36, or -36 to -2.
3915     Negative values are used to specify that the exponent is in
3916     decimal.
3917
3918     Unlike the corresponding `mpz' function, the base will not be
3919     determined from the leading characters of the string if BASE is 0.
3920     This is so that numbers like `0.23' are not interpreted as octal.
3921
3922     Return the number of bytes read, or if an error occurred, return 0.
3923
3924
3925File: gmp.info,  Node: Miscellaneous Float Functions,  Prev: I/O of Floats,  Up: Floating-point Functions
3926
39277.8 Miscellaneous Functions
3928===========================
3929
3930 -- Function: void mpf_ceil (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP)
3931 -- Function: void mpf_floor (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP)
3932 -- Function: void mpf_trunc (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP)
3933     Set ROP to OP rounded to an integer.  `mpf_ceil' rounds to the
3934     next higher integer, `mpf_floor' to the next lower, and `mpf_trunc'
3935     to the integer towards zero.
3936
3937 -- Function: int mpf_integer_p (mpf_t OP)
3938     Return non-zero if OP is an integer.
3939
3940 -- Function: int mpf_fits_ulong_p (mpf_t OP)
3941 -- Function: int mpf_fits_slong_p (mpf_t OP)
3942 -- Function: int mpf_fits_uint_p (mpf_t OP)
3943 -- Function: int mpf_fits_sint_p (mpf_t OP)
3944 -- Function: int mpf_fits_ushort_p (mpf_t OP)
3945 -- Function: int mpf_fits_sshort_p (mpf_t OP)
3946     Return non-zero if OP would fit in the respective C data type, when
3947     truncated to an integer.
3948
3949 -- Function: void mpf_urandomb (mpf_t ROP, gmp_randstate_t STATE,
3950          mp_bitcnt_t NBITS)
3951     Generate a uniformly distributed random float in ROP, such that 0
3952     <= ROP < 1, with NBITS significant bits in the mantissa or less if
3953     the precision of ROP is smaller.
3954
3955     The variable STATE must be initialized by calling one of the
3956     `gmp_randinit' functions (*note Random State Initialization::)
3957     before invoking this function.
3958
3959 -- Function: void mpf_random2 (mpf_t ROP, mp_size_t MAX_SIZE, mp_exp_t
3960          EXP)
3961     Generate a random float of at most MAX_SIZE limbs, with long
3962     strings of zeros and ones in the binary representation.  The
3963     exponent of the number is in the interval -EXP to EXP (in limbs).
3964     This function is useful for testing functions and algorithms,
3965     since these kind of random numbers have proven to be more likely
3966     to trigger corner-case bugs.  Negative random numbers are
3967     generated when MAX_SIZE is negative.
3968
3969
3970File: gmp.info,  Node: Low-level Functions,  Next: Random Number Functions,  Prev: Floating-point Functions,  Up: Top
3971
39728 Low-level Functions
3973*********************
3974
3975This chapter describes low-level GMP functions, used to implement the
3976high-level GMP functions, but also intended for time-critical user code.
3977
3978   These functions start with the prefix `mpn_'.
3979
3980   The `mpn' functions are designed to be as fast as possible, *not* to
3981provide a coherent calling interface.  The different functions have
3982somewhat similar interfaces, but there are variations that make them
3983hard to use.  These functions do as little as possible apart from the
3984real multiple precision computation, so that no time is spent on things
3985that not all callers need.
3986
3987   A source operand is specified by a pointer to the least significant
3988limb and a limb count.  A destination operand is specified by just a
3989pointer.  It is the responsibility of the caller to ensure that the
3990destination has enough space for storing the result.
3991
3992   With this way of specifying operands, it is possible to perform
3993computations on subranges of an argument, and store the result into a
3994subrange of a destination.
3995
3996   A common requirement for all functions is that each source area
3997needs at least one limb.  No size argument may be zero.  Unless
3998otherwise stated, in-place operations are allowed where source and
3999destination are the same, but not where they only partly overlap.
4000
4001   The `mpn' functions are the base for the implementation of the
4002`mpz_', `mpf_', and `mpq_' functions.
4003
4004   This example adds the number beginning at S1P and the number
4005beginning at S2P and writes the sum at DESTP.  All areas have N limbs.
4006
4007     cy = mpn_add_n (destp, s1p, s2p, n)
4008
4009   It should be noted that the `mpn' functions make no attempt to
4010identify high or low zero limbs on their operands, or other special
4011forms.  On random data such cases will be unlikely and it'd be wasteful
4012for every function to check every time.  An application knowing
4013something about its data can take steps to trim or perhaps split its
4014calculations.
4015
4016
4017In the notation used below, a source operand is identified by the
4018pointer to the least significant limb, and the limb count in braces.
4019For example, {S1P, S1N}.
4020
4021 -- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_add_n (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P,
4022          const mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t N)
4023     Add {S1P, N} and {S2P, N}, and write the N least significant limbs
4024     of the result to RP.  Return carry, either 0 or 1.
4025
4026     This is the lowest-level function for addition.  It is the
4027     preferred function for addition, since it is written in assembly
4028     for most CPUs.  For addition of a variable to itself (i.e., S1P
4029     equals S2P) use `mpn_lshift' with a count of 1 for optimal speed.
4030
4031 -- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_add_1 (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P,
4032          mp_size_t N, mp_limb_t S2LIMB)
4033     Add {S1P, N} and S2LIMB, and write the N least significant limbs
4034     of the result to RP.  Return carry, either 0 or 1.
4035
4036 -- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_add (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P,
4037          mp_size_t S1N, const mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t S2N)
4038     Add {S1P, S1N} and {S2P, S2N}, and write the S1N least significant
4039     limbs of the result to RP.  Return carry, either 0 or 1.
4040
4041     This function requires that S1N is greater than or equal to S2N.
4042
4043 -- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_sub_n (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P,
4044          const mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t N)
4045     Subtract {S2P, N} from {S1P, N}, and write the N least significant
4046     limbs of the result to RP.  Return borrow, either 0 or 1.
4047
4048     This is the lowest-level function for subtraction.  It is the
4049     preferred function for subtraction, since it is written in
4050     assembly for most CPUs.
4051
4052 -- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_sub_1 (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P,
4053          mp_size_t N, mp_limb_t S2LIMB)
4054     Subtract S2LIMB from {S1P, N}, and write the N least significant
4055     limbs of the result to RP.  Return borrow, either 0 or 1.
4056
4057 -- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_sub (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P,
4058          mp_size_t S1N, const mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t S2N)
4059     Subtract {S2P, S2N} from {S1P, S1N}, and write the S1N least
4060     significant limbs of the result to RP.  Return borrow, either 0 or
4061     1.
4062
4063     This function requires that S1N is greater than or equal to S2N.
4064
4065 -- Function: void mpn_neg (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *SP,
4066          mp_size_t N)
4067     Perform the negation of {SP, N}, and write the result to {RP, N}.
4068     Return carry-out.
4069
4070 -- Function: void mpn_mul_n (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P,
4071          const mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t N)
4072     Multiply {S1P, N} and {S2P, N}, and write the 2*N-limb result to
4073     RP.
4074
4075     The destination has to have space for 2*N limbs, even if the
4076     product's most significant limb is zero.  No overlap is permitted
4077     between the destination and either source.
4078
4079     If the two input operands are the same, use `mpn_sqr'.
4080
4081 -- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_mul (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P,
4082          mp_size_t S1N, const mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t S2N)
4083     Multiply {S1P, S1N} and {S2P, S2N}, and write the (S1N+S2N)-limb
4084     result to RP.  Return the most significant limb of the result.
4085
4086     The destination has to have space for S1N + S2N limbs, even if the
4087     product's most significant limb is zero.  No overlap is permitted
4088     between the destination and either source.
4089
4090     This function requires that S1N is greater than or equal to S2N.
4091
4092 -- Function: void mpn_sqr (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P,
4093          mp_size_t N)
4094     Compute the square of {S1P, N} and write the 2*N-limb result to RP.
4095
4096     The destination has to have space for 2*N limbs, even if the
4097     result's most significant limb is zero.  No overlap is permitted
4098     between the destination and the source.
4099
4100 -- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_mul_1 (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P,
4101          mp_size_t N, mp_limb_t S2LIMB)
4102     Multiply {S1P, N} by S2LIMB, and write the N least significant
4103     limbs of the product to RP.  Return the most significant limb of
4104     the product.  {S1P, N} and {RP, N} are allowed to overlap provided
4105     RP <= S1P.
4106
4107     This is a low-level function that is a building block for general
4108     multiplication as well as other operations in GMP.  It is written
4109     in assembly for most CPUs.
4110
4111     Don't call this function if S2LIMB is a power of 2; use
4112     `mpn_lshift' with a count equal to the logarithm of S2LIMB
4113     instead, for optimal speed.
4114
4115 -- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_addmul_1 (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t
4116          *S1P, mp_size_t N, mp_limb_t S2LIMB)
4117     Multiply {S1P, N} and S2LIMB, and add the N least significant
4118     limbs of the product to {RP, N} and write the result to RP.
4119     Return the most significant limb of the product, plus carry-out
4120     from the addition.
4121
4122     This is a low-level function that is a building block for general
4123     multiplication as well as other operations in GMP.  It is written
4124     in assembly for most CPUs.
4125
4126 -- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_submul_1 (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t
4127          *S1P, mp_size_t N, mp_limb_t S2LIMB)
4128     Multiply {S1P, N} and S2LIMB, and subtract the N least significant
4129     limbs of the product from {RP, N} and write the result to RP.
4130     Return the most significant limb of the product, plus borrow-out
4131     from the subtraction.
4132
4133     This is a low-level function that is a building block for general
4134     multiplication and division as well as other operations in GMP.
4135     It is written in assembly for most CPUs.
4136
4137 -- Function: void mpn_tdiv_qr (mp_limb_t *QP, mp_limb_t *RP, mp_size_t
4138          QXN, const mp_limb_t *NP, mp_size_t NN, const mp_limb_t *DP,
4139          mp_size_t DN)
4140     Divide {NP, NN} by {DP, DN} and put the quotient at {QP, NN-DN+1}
4141     and the remainder at {RP, DN}.  The quotient is rounded towards 0.
4142
4143     No overlap is permitted between arguments, except that NP might
4144     equal RP.  The dividend size NN must be greater than or equal to
4145     divisor size DN.  The most significant limb of the divisor must be
4146     non-zero.  The QXN operand must be zero.
4147
4148 -- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_divrem (mp_limb_t *R1P, mp_size_t QXN,
4149          mp_limb_t *RS2P, mp_size_t RS2N, const mp_limb_t *S3P,
4150          mp_size_t S3N)
4151     [This function is obsolete.  Please call `mpn_tdiv_qr' instead for
4152     best performance.]
4153
4154     Divide {RS2P, RS2N} by {S3P, S3N}, and write the quotient at R1P,
4155     with the exception of the most significant limb, which is
4156     returned.  The remainder replaces the dividend at RS2P; it will be
4157     S3N limbs long (i.e., as many limbs as the divisor).
4158
4159     In addition to an integer quotient, QXN fraction limbs are
4160     developed, and stored after the integral limbs.  For most usages,
4161     QXN will be zero.
4162
4163     It is required that RS2N is greater than or equal to S3N.  It is
4164     required that the most significant bit of the divisor is set.
4165
4166     If the quotient is not needed, pass RS2P + S3N as R1P.  Aside from
4167     that special case, no overlap between arguments is permitted.
4168
4169     Return the most significant limb of the quotient, either 0 or 1.
4170
4171     The area at R1P needs to be RS2N - S3N + QXN limbs large.
4172
4173 -- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_divrem_1 (mp_limb_t *R1P, mp_size_t QXN,
4174          mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t S2N, mp_limb_t S3LIMB)
4175 -- Macro: mp_limb_t mpn_divmod_1 (mp_limb_t *R1P, mp_limb_t *S2P,
4176          mp_size_t S2N, mp_limb_t S3LIMB)
4177     Divide {S2P, S2N} by S3LIMB, and write the quotient at R1P.
4178     Return the remainder.
4179
4180     The integer quotient is written to {R1P+QXN, S2N} and in addition
4181     QXN fraction limbs are developed and written to {R1P, QXN}.
4182     Either or both S2N and QXN can be zero.  For most usages, QXN will
4183     be zero.
4184
4185     `mpn_divmod_1' exists for upward source compatibility and is
4186     simply a macro calling `mpn_divrem_1' with a QXN of 0.
4187
4188     The areas at R1P and S2P have to be identical or completely
4189     separate, not partially overlapping.
4190
4191 -- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_divmod (mp_limb_t *R1P, mp_limb_t *RS2P,
4192          mp_size_t RS2N, const mp_limb_t *S3P, mp_size_t S3N)
4193     [This function is obsolete.  Please call `mpn_tdiv_qr' instead for
4194     best performance.]
4195
4196 -- Macro: mp_limb_t mpn_divexact_by3 (mp_limb_t *RP, mp_limb_t *SP,
4197          mp_size_t N)
4198 -- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_divexact_by3c (mp_limb_t *RP, mp_limb_t
4199          *SP, mp_size_t N, mp_limb_t CARRY)
4200     Divide {SP, N} by 3, expecting it to divide exactly, and writing
4201     the result to {RP, N}.  If 3 divides exactly, the return value is
4202     zero and the result is the quotient.  If not, the return value is
4203     non-zero and the result won't be anything useful.
4204
4205     `mpn_divexact_by3c' takes an initial carry parameter, which can be
4206     the return value from a previous call, so a large calculation can
4207     be done piece by piece from low to high.  `mpn_divexact_by3' is
4208     simply a macro calling `mpn_divexact_by3c' with a 0 carry
4209     parameter.
4210
4211     These routines use a multiply-by-inverse and will be faster than
4212     `mpn_divrem_1' on CPUs with fast multiplication but slow division.
4213
4214     The source a, result q, size n, initial carry i, and return value
4215     c satisfy c*b^n + a-i = 3*q, where b=2^GMP_NUMB_BITS.  The return
4216     c is always 0, 1 or 2, and the initial carry i must also be 0, 1
4217     or 2 (these are both borrows really).  When c=0 clearly q=(a-i)/3.
4218     When c!=0, the remainder (a-i) mod 3 is given by 3-c, because b ==
4219     1 mod 3 (when `mp_bits_per_limb' is even, which is always so
4220     currently).
4221
4222 -- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_mod_1 (const mp_limb_t *S1P, mp_size_t S1N,
4223          mp_limb_t S2LIMB)
4224     Divide {S1P, S1N} by S2LIMB, and return the remainder.  S1N can be
4225     zero.
4226
4227 -- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_lshift (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *SP,
4228          mp_size_t N, unsigned int COUNT)
4229     Shift {SP, N} left by COUNT bits, and write the result to {RP, N}.
4230     The bits shifted out at the left are returned in the least
4231     significant COUNT bits of the return value (the rest of the return
4232     value is zero).
4233
4234     COUNT must be in the range 1 to mp_bits_per_limb-1.  The regions
4235     {SP, N} and {RP, N} may overlap, provided RP >= SP.
4236
4237     This function is written in assembly for most CPUs.
4238
4239 -- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_rshift (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *SP,
4240          mp_size_t N, unsigned int COUNT)
4241     Shift {SP, N} right by COUNT bits, and write the result to {RP,
4242     N}.  The bits shifted out at the right are returned in the most
4243     significant COUNT bits of the return value (the rest of the return
4244     value is zero).
4245
4246     COUNT must be in the range 1 to mp_bits_per_limb-1.  The regions
4247     {SP, N} and {RP, N} may overlap, provided RP <= SP.
4248
4249     This function is written in assembly for most CPUs.
4250
4251 -- Function: int mpn_cmp (const mp_limb_t *S1P, const mp_limb_t *S2P,
4252          mp_size_t N)
4253     Compare {S1P, N} and {S2P, N} and return a positive value if S1 >
4254     S2, 0 if they are equal, or a negative value if S1 < S2.
4255
4256 -- Function: mp_size_t mpn_gcd (mp_limb_t *RP, mp_limb_t *XP,
4257          mp_size_t XN, mp_limb_t *YP, mp_size_t YN)
4258     Set {RP, RETVAL} to the greatest common divisor of {XP, XN} and
4259     {YP, YN}.  The result can be up to YN limbs, the return value is
4260     the actual number produced.  Both source operands are destroyed.
4261
4262     {XP, XN} must have at least as many bits as {YP, YN}.  {YP, YN}
4263     must be odd.  Both operands must have non-zero most significant
4264     limbs.  No overlap is permitted between {XP, XN} and {YP, YN}.
4265
4266 -- Function: mp_limb_t mpn_gcd_1 (const mp_limb_t *XP, mp_size_t XN,
4267          mp_limb_t YLIMB)
4268     Return the greatest common divisor of {XP, XN} and YLIMB.  Both
4269     operands must be non-zero.
4270
4271 -- Function: mp_size_t mpn_gcdext (mp_limb_t *GP, mp_limb_t *SP,
4272          mp_size_t *SN, mp_limb_t *UP, mp_size_t UN, mp_limb_t *VP,
4273          mp_size_t VN)
4274     Let U be defined by {UP, UN} and let V be defined by {VP, VN}.
4275
4276     Compute the greatest common divisor G of U and V.  Compute a
4277     cofactor S such that G = US + VT.  The second cofactor T is not
4278     computed but can easily be obtained from (G - U*S) / V (the
4279     division will be exact).  It is required that UN >= VN > 0, and
4280     the most significant limb of {VP, VN} must be non-zero.
4281
4282     S satisfies S = 1 or abs(S) < V / (2 G). S = 0 if and only if V
4283     divides U (i.e., G = V).
4284
4285     Store G at GP and let the return value define its limb count.
4286     Store S at SP and let |*SN| define its limb count.  S can be
4287     negative; when this happens *SN will be negative.  The area at GP
4288     should have room for VN limbs and the area at SP should have room
4289     for VN+1 limbs.
4290
4291     Both source operands are destroyed.
4292
4293     Compatibility notes: GMP 4.3.0 and 4.3.1 defined S less strictly.
4294     Earlier as well as later GMP releases define S as described here.
4295     GMP releases before GMP 4.3.0 required additional space for both
4296     input and output areas. More precisely, the areas {UP, UN+1} and
4297     {VP, VN+1} were destroyed (i.e. the operands plus an extra limb
4298     past the end of each), and the areas pointed to by GP and SP
4299     should each have room for UN+1 limbs.
4300
4301 -- Function: mp_size_t mpn_sqrtrem (mp_limb_t *R1P, mp_limb_t *R2P,
4302          const mp_limb_t *SP, mp_size_t N)
4303     Compute the square root of {SP, N} and put the result at {R1P,
4304     ceil(N/2)} and the remainder at {R2P, RETVAL}.  R2P needs space
4305     for N limbs, but the return value indicates how many are produced.
4306
4307     The most significant limb of {SP, N} must be non-zero.  The areas
4308     {R1P, ceil(N/2)} and {SP, N} must be completely separate.  The
4309     areas {R2P, N} and {SP, N} must be either identical or completely
4310     separate.
4311
4312     If the remainder is not wanted then R2P can be `NULL', and in this
4313     case the return value is zero or non-zero according to whether the
4314     remainder would have been zero or non-zero.
4315
4316     A return value of zero indicates a perfect square.  See also
4317     `mpz_perfect_square_p'.
4318
4319 -- Function: mp_size_t mpn_get_str (unsigned char *STR, int BASE,
4320          mp_limb_t *S1P, mp_size_t S1N)
4321     Convert {S1P, S1N} to a raw unsigned char array at STR in base
4322     BASE, and return the number of characters produced.  There may be
4323     leading zeros in the string.  The string is not in ASCII; to
4324     convert it to printable format, add the ASCII codes for `0' or
4325     `A', depending on the base and range.  BASE can vary from 2 to 256.
4326
4327     The most significant limb of the input {S1P, S1N} must be
4328     non-zero.  The input {S1P, S1N} is clobbered, except when BASE is
4329     a power of 2, in which case it's unchanged.
4330
4331     The area at STR has to have space for the largest possible number
4332     represented by a S1N long limb array, plus one extra character.
4333
4334 -- Function: mp_size_t mpn_set_str (mp_limb_t *RP, const unsigned char
4335          *STR, size_t STRSIZE, int BASE)
4336     Convert bytes {STR,STRSIZE} in the given BASE to limbs at RP.
4337
4338     STR[0] is the most significant byte and STR[STRSIZE-1] is the
4339     least significant.  Each byte should be a value in the range 0 to
4340     BASE-1, not an ASCII character.  BASE can vary from 2 to 256.
4341
4342     The return value is the number of limbs written to RP.  If the most
4343     significant input byte is non-zero then the high limb at RP will be
4344     non-zero, and only that exact number of limbs will be required
4345     there.
4346
4347     If the most significant input byte is zero then there may be high
4348     zero limbs written to RP and included in the return value.
4349
4350     STRSIZE must be at least 1, and no overlap is permitted between
4351     {STR,STRSIZE} and the result at RP.
4352
4353 -- Function: mp_bitcnt_t mpn_scan0 (const mp_limb_t *S1P, mp_bitcnt_t
4354          BIT)
4355     Scan S1P from bit position BIT for the next clear bit.
4356
4357     It is required that there be a clear bit within the area at S1P at
4358     or beyond bit position BIT, so that the function has something to
4359     return.
4360
4361 -- Function: mp_bitcnt_t mpn_scan1 (const mp_limb_t *S1P, mp_bitcnt_t
4362          BIT)
4363     Scan S1P from bit position BIT for the next set bit.
4364
4365     It is required that there be a set bit within the area at S1P at or
4366     beyond bit position BIT, so that the function has something to
4367     return.
4368
4369 -- Function: void mpn_random (mp_limb_t *R1P, mp_size_t R1N)
4370 -- Function: void mpn_random2 (mp_limb_t *R1P, mp_size_t R1N)
4371     Generate a random number of length R1N and store it at R1P.  The
4372     most significant limb is always non-zero.  `mpn_random' generates
4373     uniformly distributed limb data, `mpn_random2' generates long
4374     strings of zeros and ones in the binary representation.
4375
4376     `mpn_random2' is intended for testing the correctness of the `mpn'
4377     routines.
4378
4379 -- Function: mp_bitcnt_t mpn_popcount (const mp_limb_t *S1P, mp_size_t
4380          N)
4381     Count the number of set bits in {S1P, N}.
4382
4383 -- Function: mp_bitcnt_t mpn_hamdist (const mp_limb_t *S1P, const
4384          mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t N)
4385     Compute the hamming distance between {S1P, N} and {S2P, N}, which
4386     is the number of bit positions where the two operands have
4387     different bit values.
4388
4389 -- Function: int mpn_perfect_square_p (const mp_limb_t *S1P, mp_size_t
4390          N)
4391     Return non-zero iff {S1P, N} is a perfect square.  The most
4392     significant limb of the input {S1P, N} must be non-zero.
4393
4394 -- Function: void mpn_and_n (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P,
4395          const mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t N)
4396     Perform the bitwise logical and of {S1P, N} and {S2P, N}, and
4397     write the result to {RP, N}.
4398
4399 -- Function: void mpn_ior_n (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P,
4400          const mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t N)
4401     Perform the bitwise logical inclusive or of {S1P, N} and {S2P, N},
4402     and write the result to {RP, N}.
4403
4404 -- Function: void mpn_xor_n (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P,
4405          const mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t N)
4406     Perform the bitwise logical exclusive or of {S1P, N} and {S2P, N},
4407     and write the result to {RP, N}.
4408
4409 -- Function: void mpn_andn_n (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P,
4410          const mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t N)
4411     Perform the bitwise logical and of {S1P, N} and the bitwise
4412     complement of {S2P, N}, and write the result to {RP, N}.
4413
4414 -- Function: void mpn_iorn_n (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P,
4415          const mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t N)
4416     Perform the bitwise logical inclusive or of {S1P, N} and the
4417     bitwise complement of {S2P, N}, and write the result to {RP, N}.
4418
4419 -- Function: void mpn_nand_n (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P,
4420          const mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t N)
4421     Perform the bitwise logical and of {S1P, N} and {S2P, N}, and
4422     write the bitwise complement of the result to {RP, N}.
4423
4424 -- Function: void mpn_nior_n (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P,
4425          const mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t N)
4426     Perform the bitwise logical inclusive or of {S1P, N} and {S2P, N},
4427     and write the bitwise complement of the result to {RP, N}.
4428
4429 -- Function: void mpn_xnor_n (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P,
4430          const mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t N)
4431     Perform the bitwise logical exclusive or of {S1P, N} and {S2P, N},
4432     and write the bitwise complement of the result to {RP, N}.
4433
4434 -- Function: void mpn_com (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *SP,
4435          mp_size_t N)
4436     Perform the bitwise complement of {SP, N}, and write the result to
4437     {RP, N}.
4438
4439 -- Function: void mpn_copyi (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P,
4440          mp_size_t N)
4441     Copy from {S1P, N} to {RP, N}, increasingly.
4442
4443 -- Function: void mpn_copyd (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P,
4444          mp_size_t N)
4445     Copy from {S1P, N} to {RP, N}, decreasingly.
4446
4447 -- Function: void mpn_zero (mp_limb_t *RP, mp_size_t N)
4448     Zero {RP, N}.
4449
4450
44518.1 Nails
4452=========
4453
4454*Everything in this section is highly experimental and may disappear or
4455be subject to incompatible changes in a future version of GMP.*
4456
4457   Nails are an experimental feature whereby a few bits are left unused
4458at the top of each `mp_limb_t'.  This can significantly improve carry
4459handling on some processors.
4460
4461   All the `mpn' functions accepting limb data will expect the nail
4462bits to be zero on entry, and will return data with the nails similarly
4463all zero.  This applies both to limb vectors and to single limb
4464arguments.
4465
4466   Nails can be enabled by configuring with `--enable-nails'.  By
4467default the number of bits will be chosen according to what suits the
4468host processor, but a particular number can be selected with
4469`--enable-nails=N'.
4470
4471   At the mpn level, a nail build is neither source nor binary
4472compatible with a non-nail build, strictly speaking.  But programs
4473acting on limbs only through the mpn functions are likely to work
4474equally well with either build, and judicious use of the definitions
4475below should make any program compatible with either build, at the
4476source level.
4477
4478   For the higher level routines, meaning `mpz' etc, a nail build
4479should be fully source and binary compatible with a non-nail build.
4480
4481 -- Macro: GMP_NAIL_BITS
4482 -- Macro: GMP_NUMB_BITS
4483 -- Macro: GMP_LIMB_BITS
4484     `GMP_NAIL_BITS' is the number of nail bits, or 0 when nails are
4485     not in use.  `GMP_NUMB_BITS' is the number of data bits in a limb.
4486     `GMP_LIMB_BITS' is the total number of bits in an `mp_limb_t'.  In
4487     all cases
4488
4489          GMP_LIMB_BITS == GMP_NAIL_BITS + GMP_NUMB_BITS
4490
4491 -- Macro: GMP_NAIL_MASK
4492 -- Macro: GMP_NUMB_MASK
4493     Bit masks for the nail and number parts of a limb.
4494     `GMP_NAIL_MASK' is 0 when nails are not in use.
4495
4496     `GMP_NAIL_MASK' is not often needed, since the nail part can be
4497     obtained with `x >> GMP_NUMB_BITS', and that means one less large
4498     constant, which can help various RISC chips.
4499
4500 -- Macro: GMP_NUMB_MAX
4501     The maximum value that can be stored in the number part of a limb.
4502     This is the same as `GMP_NUMB_MASK', but can be used for clarity
4503     when doing comparisons rather than bit-wise operations.
4504
4505   The term "nails" comes from finger or toe nails, which are at the
4506ends of a limb (arm or leg).  "numb" is short for number, but is also
4507how the developers felt after trying for a long time to come up with
4508sensible names for these things.
4509
4510   In the future (the distant future most likely) a non-zero nail might
4511be permitted, giving non-unique representations for numbers in a limb
4512vector.  This would help vector processors since carries would only
4513ever need to propagate one or two limbs.
4514
4515
4516File: gmp.info,  Node: Random Number Functions,  Next: Formatted Output,  Prev: Low-level Functions,  Up: Top
4517
45189 Random Number Functions
4519*************************
4520
4521Sequences of pseudo-random numbers in GMP are generated using a
4522variable of type `gmp_randstate_t', which holds an algorithm selection
4523and a current state.  Such a variable must be initialized by a call to
4524one of the `gmp_randinit' functions, and can be seeded with one of the
4525`gmp_randseed' functions.
4526
4527   The functions actually generating random numbers are described in
4528*note Integer Random Numbers::, and *note Miscellaneous Float
4529Functions::.
4530
4531   The older style random number functions don't accept a
4532`gmp_randstate_t' parameter but instead share a global variable of that
4533type.  They use a default algorithm and are currently not seeded
4534(though perhaps that will change in the future).  The new functions
4535accepting a `gmp_randstate_t' are recommended for applications that
4536care about randomness.
4537
4538* Menu:
4539
4540* Random State Initialization::
4541* Random State Seeding::
4542* Random State Miscellaneous::
4543
4544
4545File: gmp.info,  Node: Random State Initialization,  Next: Random State Seeding,  Prev: Random Number Functions,  Up: Random Number Functions
4546
45479.1 Random State Initialization
4548===============================
4549
4550 -- Function: void gmp_randinit_default (gmp_randstate_t STATE)
4551     Initialize STATE with a default algorithm.  This will be a
4552     compromise between speed and randomness, and is recommended for
4553     applications with no special requirements.  Currently this is
4554     `gmp_randinit_mt'.
4555
4556 -- Function: void gmp_randinit_mt (gmp_randstate_t STATE)
4557     Initialize STATE for a Mersenne Twister algorithm.  This algorithm
4558     is fast and has good randomness properties.
4559
4560 -- Function: void gmp_randinit_lc_2exp (gmp_randstate_t STATE, mpz_t
4561          A, unsigned long C, mp_bitcnt_t M2EXP)
4562     Initialize STATE with a linear congruential algorithm X = (A*X +
4563     C) mod 2^M2EXP.
4564
4565     The low bits of X in this algorithm are not very random.  The least
4566     significant bit will have a period no more than 2, and the second
4567     bit no more than 4, etc.  For this reason only the high half of
4568     each X is actually used.
4569
4570     When a random number of more than M2EXP/2 bits is to be generated,
4571     multiple iterations of the recurrence are used and the results
4572     concatenated.
4573
4574 -- Function: int gmp_randinit_lc_2exp_size (gmp_randstate_t STATE,
4575          mp_bitcnt_t SIZE)
4576     Initialize STATE for a linear congruential algorithm as per
4577     `gmp_randinit_lc_2exp'.  A, C and M2EXP are selected from a table,
4578     chosen so that SIZE bits (or more) of each X will be used, i.e.
4579     M2EXP/2 >= SIZE.
4580
4581     If successful the return value is non-zero.  If SIZE is bigger
4582     than the table data provides then the return value is zero.  The
4583     maximum SIZE currently supported is 128.
4584
4585 -- Function: void gmp_randinit_set (gmp_randstate_t ROP,
4586          gmp_randstate_t OP)
4587     Initialize ROP with a copy of the algorithm and state from OP.
4588
4589 -- Function: void gmp_randinit (gmp_randstate_t STATE,
4590          gmp_randalg_t ALG, ...)
4591     *This function is obsolete.*
4592
4593     Initialize STATE with an algorithm selected by ALG.  The only
4594     choice is `GMP_RAND_ALG_LC', which is `gmp_randinit_lc_2exp_size'
4595     described above.  A third parameter of type `unsigned long' is
4596     required, this is the SIZE for that function.
4597     `GMP_RAND_ALG_DEFAULT' or 0 are the same as `GMP_RAND_ALG_LC'.
4598
4599     `gmp_randinit' sets bits in the global variable `gmp_errno' to
4600     indicate an error.  `GMP_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED_ARGUMENT' if ALG is
4601     unsupported, or `GMP_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT' if the SIZE parameter
4602     is too big.  It may be noted this error reporting is not thread
4603     safe (a good reason to use `gmp_randinit_lc_2exp_size' instead).
4604
4605 -- Function: void gmp_randclear (gmp_randstate_t STATE)
4606     Free all memory occupied by STATE.
4607
4608
4609File: gmp.info,  Node: Random State Seeding,  Next: Random State Miscellaneous,  Prev: Random State Initialization,  Up: Random Number Functions
4610
46119.2 Random State Seeding
4612========================
4613
4614 -- Function: void gmp_randseed (gmp_randstate_t STATE, mpz_t SEED)
4615 -- Function: void gmp_randseed_ui (gmp_randstate_t STATE,
4616          unsigned long int SEED)
4617     Set an initial seed value into STATE.
4618
4619     The size of a seed determines how many different sequences of
4620     random numbers that it's possible to generate.  The "quality" of
4621     the seed is the randomness of a given seed compared to the
4622     previous seed used, and this affects the randomness of separate
4623     number sequences.  The method for choosing a seed is critical if
4624     the generated numbers are to be used for important applications,
4625     such as generating cryptographic keys.
4626
4627     Traditionally the system time has been used to seed, but care
4628     needs to be taken with this.  If an application seeds often and
4629     the resolution of the system clock is low, then the same sequence
4630     of numbers might be repeated.  Also, the system time is quite easy
4631     to guess, so if unpredictability is required then it should
4632     definitely not be the only source for the seed value.  On some
4633     systems there's a special device `/dev/random' which provides
4634     random data better suited for use as a seed.
4635
4636
4637File: gmp.info,  Node: Random State Miscellaneous,  Prev: Random State Seeding,  Up: Random Number Functions
4638
46399.3 Random State Miscellaneous
4640==============================
4641
4642 -- Function: unsigned long gmp_urandomb_ui (gmp_randstate_t STATE,
4643          unsigned long N)
4644     Return a uniformly distributed random number of N bits, i.e. in the
4645     range 0 to 2^N-1 inclusive.  N must be less than or equal to the
4646     number of bits in an `unsigned long'.
4647
4648 -- Function: unsigned long gmp_urandomm_ui (gmp_randstate_t STATE,
4649          unsigned long N)
4650     Return a uniformly distributed random number in the range 0 to
4651     N-1, inclusive.
4652
4653
4654File: gmp.info,  Node: Formatted Output,  Next: Formatted Input,  Prev: Random Number Functions,  Up: Top
4655
465610 Formatted Output
4657*******************
4658
4659* Menu:
4660
4661* Formatted Output Strings::
4662* Formatted Output Functions::
4663* C++ Formatted Output::
4664
4665
4666File: gmp.info,  Node: Formatted Output Strings,  Next: Formatted Output Functions,  Prev: Formatted Output,  Up: Formatted Output
4667
466810.1 Format Strings
4669===================
4670
4671`gmp_printf' and friends accept format strings similar to the standard C
4672`printf' (*note Formatted Output: (libc)Formatted Output.).  A format
4673specification is of the form
4674
4675     % [flags] [width] [.[precision]] [type] conv
4676
4677   GMP adds types `Z', `Q' and `F' for `mpz_t', `mpq_t' and `mpf_t'
4678respectively, `M' for `mp_limb_t', and `N' for an `mp_limb_t' array.
4679`Z', `Q', `M' and `N' behave like integers.  `Q' will print a `/' and a
4680denominator, if needed.  `F' behaves like a float.  For example,
4681
4682     mpz_t z;
4683     gmp_printf ("%s is an mpz %Zd\n", "here", z);
4684
4685     mpq_t q;
4686     gmp_printf ("a hex rational: %#40Qx\n", q);
4687
4688     mpf_t f;
4689     int   n;
4690     gmp_printf ("fixed point mpf %.*Ff with %d digits\n", n, f, n);
4691
4692     mp_limb_t l;
4693     gmp_printf ("limb %Mu\n", l);
4694
4695     const mp_limb_t *ptr;
4696     mp_size_t       size;
4697     gmp_printf ("limb array %Nx\n", ptr, size);
4698
4699   For `N' the limbs are expected least significant first, as per the
4700`mpn' functions (*note Low-level Functions::).  A negative size can be
4701given to print the value as a negative.
4702
4703   All the standard C `printf' types behave the same as the C library
4704`printf', and can be freely intermixed with the GMP extensions.  In the
4705current implementation the standard parts of the format string are
4706simply handed to `printf' and only the GMP extensions handled directly.
4707
4708   The flags accepted are as follows.  GLIBC style ' is only for the
4709standard C types (not the GMP types), and only if the C library
4710supports it.
4711
4712     0         pad with zeros (rather than spaces)
4713     #         show the base with `0x', `0X' or `0'
4714     +         always show a sign
4715     (space)   show a space or a `-' sign
4716     '         group digits, GLIBC style (not GMP types)
4717
4718   The optional width and precision can be given as a number within the
4719format string, or as a `*' to take an extra parameter of type `int', the
4720same as the standard `printf'.
4721
4722   The standard types accepted are as follows.  `h' and `l' are
4723portable, the rest will depend on the compiler (or include files) for
4724the type and the C library for the output.
4725
4726     h         short
4727     hh        char
4728     j         intmax_t or uintmax_t
4729     l         long or wchar_t
4730     ll        long long
4731     L         long double
4732     q         quad_t or u_quad_t
4733     t         ptrdiff_t
4734     z         size_t
4735
4736The GMP types are
4737
4738     F         mpf_t, float conversions
4739     Q         mpq_t, integer conversions
4740     M         mp_limb_t, integer conversions
4741     N         mp_limb_t array, integer conversions
4742     Z         mpz_t, integer conversions
4743
4744   The conversions accepted are as follows.  `a' and `A' are always
4745supported for `mpf_t' but depend on the C library for standard C float
4746types.  `m' and `p' depend on the C library.
4747
4748     a A       hex floats, C99 style
4749     c         character
4750     d         decimal integer
4751     e E       scientific format float
4752     f         fixed point float
4753     i         same as d
4754     g G       fixed or scientific float
4755     m         `strerror' string, GLIBC style
4756     n         store characters written so far
4757     o         octal integer
4758     p         pointer
4759     s         string
4760     u         unsigned integer
4761     x X       hex integer
4762
4763   `o', `x' and `X' are unsigned for the standard C types, but for
4764types `Z', `Q' and `N' they are signed.  `u' is not meaningful for `Z',
4765`Q' and `N'.
4766
4767   `M' is a proxy for the C library `l' or `L', according to the size
4768of `mp_limb_t'.  Unsigned conversions will be usual, but a signed
4769conversion can be used and will interpret the value as a twos complement
4770negative.
4771
4772   `n' can be used with any type, even the GMP types.
4773
4774   Other types or conversions that might be accepted by the C library
4775`printf' cannot be used through `gmp_printf', this includes for
4776instance extensions registered with GLIBC `register_printf_function'.
4777Also currently there's no support for POSIX `$' style numbered arguments
4778(perhaps this will be added in the future).
4779
4780   The precision field has its usual meaning for integer `Z' and float
4781`F' types, but is currently undefined for `Q' and should not be used
4782with that.
4783
4784   `mpf_t' conversions only ever generate as many digits as can be
4785accurately represented by the operand, the same as `mpf_get_str' does.
4786Zeros will be used if necessary to pad to the requested precision.  This
4787happens even for an `f' conversion of an `mpf_t' which is an integer,
4788for instance 2^1024 in an `mpf_t' of 128 bits precision will only
4789produce about 40 digits, then pad with zeros to the decimal point.  An
4790empty precision field like `%.Fe' or `%.Ff' can be used to specifically
4791request just the significant digits.  Without any dot and thus no
4792precision field, a precision value of 6 will be used.  Note that these
4793rules mean that `%Ff', `%.Ff', and `%.0Ff' will all be different.
4794
4795   The decimal point character (or string) is taken from the current
4796locale settings on systems which provide `localeconv' (*note Locales
4797and Internationalization: (libc)Locales.).  The C library will normally
4798do the same for standard float output.
4799
4800   The format string is only interpreted as plain `char's, multibyte
4801characters are not recognised.  Perhaps this will change in the future.
4802
4803
4804File: gmp.info,  Node: Formatted Output Functions,  Next: C++ Formatted Output,  Prev: Formatted Output Strings,  Up: Formatted Output
4805
480610.2 Functions
4807==============
4808
4809Each of the following functions is similar to the corresponding C
4810library function.  The basic `printf' forms take a variable argument
4811list.  The `vprintf' forms take an argument pointer, see *note Variadic
4812Functions: (libc)Variadic Functions, or `man 3 va_start'.
4813
4814   It should be emphasised that if a format string is invalid, or the
4815arguments don't match what the format specifies, then the behaviour of
4816any of these functions will be unpredictable.  GCC format string
4817checking is not available, since it doesn't recognise the GMP
4818extensions.
4819
4820   The file based functions `gmp_printf' and `gmp_fprintf' will return
4821-1 to indicate a write error.  Output is not "atomic", so partial
4822output may be produced if a write error occurs.  All the functions can
4823return -1 if the C library `printf' variant in use returns -1, but this
4824shouldn't normally occur.
4825
4826 -- Function: int gmp_printf (const char *FMT, ...)
4827 -- Function: int gmp_vprintf (const char *FMT, va_list AP)
4828     Print to the standard output `stdout'.  Return the number of
4829     characters written, or -1 if an error occurred.
4830
4831 -- Function: int gmp_fprintf (FILE *FP, const char *FMT, ...)
4832 -- Function: int gmp_vfprintf (FILE *FP, const char *FMT, va_list AP)
4833     Print to the stream FP.  Return the number of characters written,
4834     or -1 if an error occurred.
4835
4836 -- Function: int gmp_sprintf (char *BUF, const char *FMT, ...)
4837 -- Function: int gmp_vsprintf (char *BUF, const char *FMT, va_list AP)
4838     Form a null-terminated string in BUF.  Return the number of
4839     characters written, excluding the terminating null.
4840
4841     No overlap is permitted between the space at BUF and the string
4842     FMT.
4843
4844     These functions are not recommended, since there's no protection
4845     against exceeding the space available at BUF.
4846
4847 -- Function: int gmp_snprintf (char *BUF, size_t SIZE, const char
4848          *FMT, ...)
4849 -- Function: int gmp_vsnprintf (char *BUF, size_t SIZE, const char
4850          *FMT, va_list AP)
4851     Form a null-terminated string in BUF.  No more than SIZE bytes
4852     will be written.  To get the full output, SIZE must be enough for
4853     the string and null-terminator.
4854
4855     The return value is the total number of characters which ought to
4856     have been produced, excluding the terminating null.  If RETVAL >=
4857     SIZE then the actual output has been truncated to the first SIZE-1
4858     characters, and a null appended.
4859
4860     No overlap is permitted between the region {BUF,SIZE} and the FMT
4861     string.
4862
4863     Notice the return value is in ISO C99 `snprintf' style.  This is
4864     so even if the C library `vsnprintf' is the older GLIBC 2.0.x
4865     style.
4866
4867 -- Function: int gmp_asprintf (char **PP, const char *FMT, ...)
4868 -- Function: int gmp_vasprintf (char **PP, const char *FMT, va_list AP)
4869     Form a null-terminated string in a block of memory obtained from
4870     the current memory allocation function (*note Custom
4871     Allocation::).  The block will be the size of the string and
4872     null-terminator.  The address of the block in stored to *PP.  The
4873     return value is the number of characters produced, excluding the
4874     null-terminator.
4875
4876     Unlike the C library `asprintf', `gmp_asprintf' doesn't return -1
4877     if there's no more memory available, it lets the current allocation
4878     function handle that.
4879
4880 -- Function: int gmp_obstack_printf (struct obstack *OB, const char
4881          *FMT, ...)
4882 -- Function: int gmp_obstack_vprintf (struct obstack *OB, const char
4883          *FMT, va_list AP)
4884     Append to the current object in OB.  The return value is the
4885     number of characters written.  A null-terminator is not written.
4886
4887     FMT cannot be within the current object in OB, since that object
4888     might move as it grows.
4889
4890     These functions are available only when the C library provides the
4891     obstack feature, which probably means only on GNU systems, see
4892     *note Obstacks: (libc)Obstacks.
4893
4894
4895File: gmp.info,  Node: C++ Formatted Output,  Prev: Formatted Output Functions,  Up: Formatted Output
4896
489710.3 C++ Formatted Output
4898=========================
4899
4900The following functions are provided in `libgmpxx' (*note Headers and
4901Libraries::), which is built if C++ support is enabled (*note Build
4902Options::).  Prototypes are available from `<gmp.h>'.
4903
4904 -- Function: ostream& operator<< (ostream& STREAM, mpz_t OP)
4905     Print OP to STREAM, using its `ios' formatting settings.
4906     `ios::width' is reset to 0 after output, the same as the standard
4907     `ostream operator<<' routines do.
4908
4909     In hex or octal, OP is printed as a signed number, the same as for
4910     decimal.  This is unlike the standard `operator<<' routines on
4911     `int' etc, which instead give twos complement.
4912
4913 -- Function: ostream& operator<< (ostream& STREAM, mpq_t OP)
4914     Print OP to STREAM, using its `ios' formatting settings.
4915     `ios::width' is reset to 0 after output, the same as the standard
4916     `ostream operator<<' routines do.
4917
4918     Output will be a fraction like `5/9', or if the denominator is 1
4919     then just a plain integer like `123'.
4920
4921     In hex or octal, OP is printed as a signed value, the same as for
4922     decimal.  If `ios::showbase' is set then a base indicator is shown
4923     on both the numerator and denominator (if the denominator is
4924     required).
4925
4926 -- Function: ostream& operator<< (ostream& STREAM, mpf_t OP)
4927     Print OP to STREAM, using its `ios' formatting settings.
4928     `ios::width' is reset to 0 after output, the same as the standard
4929     `ostream operator<<' routines do.
4930
4931     The decimal point follows the standard library float `operator<<',
4932     which on recent systems means the `std::locale' imbued on STREAM.
4933
4934     Hex and octal are supported, unlike the standard `operator<<' on
4935     `double'.  The mantissa will be in hex or octal, the exponent will
4936     be in decimal.  For hex the exponent delimiter is an `@'.  This is
4937     as per `mpf_out_str'.
4938
4939     `ios::showbase' is supported, and will put a base on the mantissa,
4940     for example hex `0x1.8' or `0x0.8', or octal `01.4' or `00.4'.
4941     This last form is slightly strange, but at least differentiates
4942     itself from decimal.
4943
4944   These operators mean that GMP types can be printed in the usual C++
4945way, for example,
4946
4947     mpz_t  z;
4948     int    n;
4949     ...
4950     cout << "iteration " << n << " value " << z << "\n";
4951
4952   But note that `ostream' output (and `istream' input, *note C++
4953Formatted Input::) is the only overloading available for the GMP types
4954and that for instance using `+' with an `mpz_t' will have unpredictable
4955results.  For classes with overloading, see *note C++ Class Interface::.
4956
4957
4958File: gmp.info,  Node: Formatted Input,  Next: C++ Class Interface,  Prev: Formatted Output,  Up: Top
4959
496011 Formatted Input
4961******************
4962
4963* Menu:
4964
4965* Formatted Input Strings::
4966* Formatted Input Functions::
4967* C++ Formatted Input::
4968
4969
4970File: gmp.info,  Node: Formatted Input Strings,  Next: Formatted Input Functions,  Prev: Formatted Input,  Up: Formatted Input
4971
497211.1 Formatted Input Strings
4973============================
4974
4975`gmp_scanf' and friends accept format strings similar to the standard C
4976`scanf' (*note Formatted Input: (libc)Formatted Input.).  A format
4977specification is of the form
4978
4979     % [flags] [width] [type] conv
4980
4981   GMP adds types `Z', `Q' and `F' for `mpz_t', `mpq_t' and `mpf_t'
4982respectively.  `Z' and `Q' behave like integers.  `Q' will read a `/'
4983and a denominator, if present.  `F' behaves like a float.
4984
4985   GMP variables don't require an `&' when passed to `gmp_scanf', since
4986they're already "call-by-reference".  For example,
4987
4988     /* to read say "a(5) = 1234" */
4989     int   n;
4990     mpz_t z;
4991     gmp_scanf ("a(%d) = %Zd\n", &n, z);
4992
4993     mpq_t q1, q2;
4994     gmp_sscanf ("0377 + 0x10/0x11", "%Qi + %Qi", q1, q2);
4995
4996     /* to read say "topleft (1.55,-2.66)" */
4997     mpf_t x, y;
4998     char  buf[32];
4999     gmp_scanf ("%31s (%Ff,%Ff)", buf, x, y);
5000
5001   All the standard C `scanf' types behave the same as in the C library
5002`scanf', and can be freely intermixed with the GMP extensions.  In the
5003current implementation the standard parts of the format string are
5004simply handed to `scanf' and only the GMP extensions handled directly.
5005
5006   The flags accepted are as follows.  `a' and `'' will depend on
5007support from the C library, and `'' cannot be used with GMP types.
5008
5009     *         read but don't store
5010     a         allocate a buffer (string conversions)
5011     '         grouped digits, GLIBC style (not GMP
5012               types)
5013
5014   The standard types accepted are as follows.  `h' and `l' are
5015portable, the rest will depend on the compiler (or include files) for
5016the type and the C library for the input.
5017
5018     h         short
5019     hh        char
5020     j         intmax_t or uintmax_t
5021     l         long int, double or wchar_t
5022     ll        long long
5023     L         long double
5024     q         quad_t or u_quad_t
5025     t         ptrdiff_t
5026     z         size_t
5027
5028The GMP types are
5029
5030     F         mpf_t, float conversions
5031     Q         mpq_t, integer conversions
5032     Z         mpz_t, integer conversions
5033
5034   The conversions accepted are as follows.  `p' and `[' will depend on
5035support from the C library, the rest are standard.
5036
5037     c         character or characters
5038     d         decimal integer
5039     e E f g G float
5040     i         integer with base indicator
5041     n         characters read so far
5042     o         octal integer
5043     p         pointer
5044     s         string of non-whitespace characters
5045     u         decimal integer
5046     x X       hex integer
5047     [         string of characters in a set
5048
5049   `e', `E', `f', `g' and `G' are identical, they all read either fixed
5050point or scientific format, and either upper or lower case `e' for the
5051exponent in scientific format.
5052
5053   C99 style hex float format (`printf %a', *note Formatted Output
5054Strings::) is always accepted for `mpf_t', but for the standard float
5055types it will depend on the C library.
5056
5057   `x' and `X' are identical, both accept both upper and lower case
5058hexadecimal.
5059
5060   `o', `u', `x' and `X' all read positive or negative values.  For the
5061standard C types these are described as "unsigned" conversions, but
5062that merely affects certain overflow handling, negatives are still
5063allowed (per `strtoul', *note Parsing of Integers: (libc)Parsing of
5064Integers.).  For GMP types there are no overflows, so `d' and `u' are
5065identical.
5066
5067   `Q' type reads the numerator and (optional) denominator as given.
5068If the value might not be in canonical form then `mpq_canonicalize'
5069must be called before using it in any calculations (*note Rational
5070Number Functions::).
5071
5072   `Qi' will read a base specification separately for the numerator and
5073denominator.  For example `0x10/11' would be 16/11, whereas `0x10/0x11'
5074would be 16/17.
5075
5076   `n' can be used with any of the types above, even the GMP types.
5077`*' to suppress assignment is allowed, though in that case it would do
5078nothing at all.
5079
5080   Other conversions or types that might be accepted by the C library
5081`scanf' cannot be used through `gmp_scanf'.
5082
5083   Whitespace is read and discarded before a field, except for `c' and
5084`[' conversions.
5085
5086   For float conversions, the decimal point character (or string)
5087expected is taken from the current locale settings on systems which
5088provide `localeconv' (*note Locales and Internationalization:
5089(libc)Locales.).  The C library will normally do the same for standard
5090float input.
5091
5092   The format string is only interpreted as plain `char's, multibyte
5093characters are not recognised.  Perhaps this will change in the future.
5094
5095
5096File: gmp.info,  Node: Formatted Input Functions,  Next: C++ Formatted Input,  Prev: Formatted Input Strings,  Up: Formatted Input
5097
509811.2 Formatted Input Functions
5099==============================
5100
5101Each of the following functions is similar to the corresponding C
5102library function.  The plain `scanf' forms take a variable argument
5103list.  The `vscanf' forms take an argument pointer, see *note Variadic
5104Functions: (libc)Variadic Functions, or `man 3 va_start'.
5105
5106   It should be emphasised that if a format string is invalid, or the
5107arguments don't match what the format specifies, then the behaviour of
5108any of these functions will be unpredictable.  GCC format string
5109checking is not available, since it doesn't recognise the GMP
5110extensions.
5111
5112   No overlap is permitted between the FMT string and any of the results
5113produced.
5114
5115 -- Function: int gmp_scanf (const char *FMT, ...)
5116 -- Function: int gmp_vscanf (const char *FMT, va_list AP)
5117     Read from the standard input `stdin'.
5118
5119 -- Function: int gmp_fscanf (FILE *FP, const char *FMT, ...)
5120 -- Function: int gmp_vfscanf (FILE *FP, const char *FMT, va_list AP)
5121     Read from the stream FP.
5122
5123 -- Function: int gmp_sscanf (const char *S, const char *FMT, ...)
5124 -- Function: int gmp_vsscanf (const char *S, const char *FMT, va_list
5125          AP)
5126     Read from a null-terminated string S.
5127
5128   The return value from each of these functions is the same as the
5129standard C99 `scanf', namely the number of fields successfully parsed
5130and stored.  `%n' fields and fields read but suppressed by `*' don't
5131count towards the return value.
5132
5133   If end of input (or a file error) is reached before a character for
5134a field or a literal, and if no previous non-suppressed fields have
5135matched, then the return value is `EOF' instead of 0.  A whitespace
5136character in the format string is only an optional match and doesn't
5137induce an `EOF' in this fashion.  Leading whitespace read and discarded
5138for a field don't count as characters for that field.
5139
5140   For the GMP types, input parsing follows C99 rules, namely one
5141character of lookahead is used and characters are read while they
5142continue to meet the format requirements.  If this doesn't provide a
5143complete number then the function terminates, with that field not
5144stored nor counted towards the return value.  For instance with `mpf_t'
5145an input `1.23e-XYZ' would be read up to the `X' and that character
5146pushed back since it's not a digit.  The string `1.23e-' would then be
5147considered invalid since an `e' must be followed by at least one digit.
5148
5149   For the standard C types, in the current implementation GMP calls
5150the C library `scanf' functions, which might have looser rules about
5151what constitutes a valid input.
5152
5153   Note that `gmp_sscanf' is the same as `gmp_fscanf' and only does one
5154character of lookahead when parsing.  Although clearly it could look at
5155its entire input, it is deliberately made identical to `gmp_fscanf',
5156the same way C99 `sscanf' is the same as `fscanf'.
5157
5158
5159File: gmp.info,  Node: C++ Formatted Input,  Prev: Formatted Input Functions,  Up: Formatted Input
5160
516111.3 C++ Formatted Input
5162========================
5163
5164The following functions are provided in `libgmpxx' (*note Headers and
5165Libraries::), which is built only if C++ support is enabled (*note
5166Build Options::).  Prototypes are available from `<gmp.h>'.
5167
5168 -- Function: istream& operator>> (istream& STREAM, mpz_t ROP)
5169     Read ROP from STREAM, using its `ios' formatting settings.
5170
5171 -- Function: istream& operator>> (istream& STREAM, mpq_t ROP)
5172     An integer like `123' will be read, or a fraction like `5/9'.  No
5173     whitespace is allowed around the `/'.  If the fraction is not in
5174     canonical form then `mpq_canonicalize' must be called (*note
5175     Rational Number Functions::) before operating on it.
5176
5177     As per integer input, an `0' or `0x' base indicator is read when
5178     none of `ios::dec', `ios::oct' or `ios::hex' are set.  This is
5179     done separately for numerator and denominator, so that for instance
5180     `0x10/11' is 16/11 and `0x10/0x11' is 16/17.
5181
5182 -- Function: istream& operator>> (istream& STREAM, mpf_t ROP)
5183     Read ROP from STREAM, using its `ios' formatting settings.
5184
5185     Hex or octal floats are not supported, but might be in the future,
5186     or perhaps it's best to accept only what the standard float
5187     `operator>>' does.
5188
5189   Note that digit grouping specified by the `istream' locale is
5190currently not accepted.  Perhaps this will change in the future.
5191
5192
5193   These operators mean that GMP types can be read in the usual C++
5194way, for example,
5195
5196     mpz_t  z;
5197     ...
5198     cin >> z;
5199
5200   But note that `istream' input (and `ostream' output, *note C++
5201Formatted Output::) is the only overloading available for the GMP types
5202and that for instance using `+' with an `mpz_t' will have unpredictable
5203results.  For classes with overloading, see *note C++ Class Interface::.
5204
5205
5206File: gmp.info,  Node: C++ Class Interface,  Next: BSD Compatible Functions,  Prev: Formatted Input,  Up: Top
5207
520812 C++ Class Interface
5209**********************
5210
5211This chapter describes the C++ class based interface to GMP.
5212
5213   All GMP C language types and functions can be used in C++ programs,
5214since `gmp.h' has `extern "C"' qualifiers, but the class interface
5215offers overloaded functions and operators which may be more convenient.
5216
5217   Due to the implementation of this interface, a reasonably recent C++
5218compiler is required, one supporting namespaces, partial specialization
5219of templates and member templates.  For GCC this means version 2.91 or
5220later.
5221
5222   *Everything described in this chapter is to be considered preliminary
5223and might be subject to incompatible changes if some unforeseen
5224difficulty reveals itself.*
5225
5226* Menu:
5227
5228* C++ Interface General::
5229* C++ Interface Integers::
5230* C++ Interface Rationals::
5231* C++ Interface Floats::
5232* C++ Interface Random Numbers::
5233* C++ Interface Limitations::
5234
5235
5236File: gmp.info,  Node: C++ Interface General,  Next: C++ Interface Integers,  Prev: C++ Class Interface,  Up: C++ Class Interface
5237
523812.1 C++ Interface General
5239==========================
5240
5241All the C++ classes and functions are available with
5242
5243     #include <gmpxx.h>
5244
5245   Programs should be linked with the `libgmpxx' and `libgmp'
5246libraries.  For example,
5247
5248     g++ mycxxprog.cc -lgmpxx -lgmp
5249
5250The classes defined are
5251
5252 -- Class: mpz_class
5253 -- Class: mpq_class
5254 -- Class: mpf_class
5255
5256   The standard operators and various standard functions are overloaded
5257to allow arithmetic with these classes.  For example,
5258
5259     int
5260     main (void)
5261     {
5262       mpz_class a, b, c;
5263
5264       a = 1234;
5265       b = "-5678";
5266       c = a+b;
5267       cout << "sum is " << c << "\n";
5268       cout << "absolute value is " << abs(c) << "\n";
5269
5270       return 0;
5271     }
5272
5273   An important feature of the implementation is that an expression like
5274`a=b+c' results in a single call to the corresponding `mpz_add',
5275without using a temporary for the `b+c' part.  Expressions which by
5276their nature imply intermediate values, like `a=b*c+d*e', still use
5277temporaries though.
5278
5279   The classes can be freely intermixed in expressions, as can the
5280classes and the standard types `long', `unsigned long' and `double'.
5281Smaller types like `int' or `float' can also be intermixed, since C++
5282will promote them.
5283
5284   Note that `bool' is not accepted directly, but must be explicitly
5285cast to an `int' first.  This is because C++ will automatically convert
5286any pointer to a `bool', so if GMP accepted `bool' it would make all
5287sorts of invalid class and pointer combinations compile but almost
5288certainly not do anything sensible.
5289
5290   Conversions back from the classes to standard C++ types aren't done
5291automatically, instead member functions like `get_si' are provided (see
5292the following sections for details).
5293
5294   Also there are no automatic conversions from the classes to the
5295corresponding GMP C types, instead a reference to the underlying C
5296object can be obtained with the following functions,
5297
5298 -- Function: mpz_t mpz_class::get_mpz_t ()
5299 -- Function: mpq_t mpq_class::get_mpq_t ()
5300 -- Function: mpf_t mpf_class::get_mpf_t ()
5301
5302   These can be used to call a C function which doesn't have a C++ class
5303interface.  For example to set `a' to the GCD of `b' and `c',
5304
5305     mpz_class a, b, c;
5306     ...
5307     mpz_gcd (a.get_mpz_t(), b.get_mpz_t(), c.get_mpz_t());
5308
5309   In the other direction, a class can be initialized from the
5310corresponding GMP C type, or assigned to if an explicit constructor is
5311used.  In both cases this makes a copy of the value, it doesn't create
5312any sort of association.  For example,
5313
5314     mpz_t z;
5315     // ... init and calculate z ...
5316     mpz_class x(z);
5317     mpz_class y;
5318     y = mpz_class (z);
5319
5320   There are no namespace setups in `gmpxx.h', all types and functions
5321are simply put into the global namespace.  This is what `gmp.h' has
5322done in the past, and continues to do for compatibility.  The extras
5323provided by `gmpxx.h' follow GMP naming conventions and are unlikely to
5324clash with anything.
5325
5326
5327File: gmp.info,  Node: C++ Interface Integers,  Next: C++ Interface Rationals,  Prev: C++ Interface General,  Up: C++ Class Interface
5328
532912.2 C++ Interface Integers
5330===========================
5331
5332 -- Function:  mpz_class::mpz_class (type N)
5333     Construct an `mpz_class'.  All the standard C++ types may be used,
5334     except `long long' and `long double', and all the GMP C++ classes
5335     can be used.  Any necessary conversion follows the corresponding C
5336     function, for example `double' follows `mpz_set_d' (*note
5337     Assigning Integers::).
5338
5339 -- Function: explicit mpz_class::mpz_class (mpz_t Z)
5340     Construct an `mpz_class' from an `mpz_t'.  The value in Z is
5341     copied into the new `mpz_class', there won't be any permanent
5342     association between it and Z.
5343
5344 -- Function: explicit mpz_class::mpz_class (const char *S, int BASE =
5345          0)
5346 -- Function: explicit mpz_class::mpz_class (const string& S, int BASE
5347          = 0)
5348     Construct an `mpz_class' converted from a string using
5349     `mpz_set_str' (*note Assigning Integers::).
5350
5351     If the string is not a valid integer, an `std::invalid_argument'
5352     exception is thrown.  The same applies to `operator='.
5353
5354 -- Function: mpz_class operator/ (mpz_class A, mpz_class D)
5355 -- Function: mpz_class operator% (mpz_class A, mpz_class D)
5356     Divisions involving `mpz_class' round towards zero, as per the
5357     `mpz_tdiv_q' and `mpz_tdiv_r' functions (*note Integer Division::).
5358     This is the same as the C99 `/' and `%' operators.
5359
5360     The `mpz_fdiv...' or `mpz_cdiv...' functions can always be called
5361     directly if desired.  For example,
5362
5363          mpz_class q, a, d;
5364          ...
5365          mpz_fdiv_q (q.get_mpz_t(), a.get_mpz_t(), d.get_mpz_t());
5366
5367 -- Function: mpz_class abs (mpz_class OP1)
5368 -- Function: int cmp (mpz_class OP1, type OP2)
5369 -- Function: int cmp (type OP1, mpz_class OP2)
5370 -- Function: bool mpz_class::fits_sint_p (void)
5371 -- Function: bool mpz_class::fits_slong_p (void)
5372 -- Function: bool mpz_class::fits_sshort_p (void)
5373 -- Function: bool mpz_class::fits_uint_p (void)
5374 -- Function: bool mpz_class::fits_ulong_p (void)
5375 -- Function: bool mpz_class::fits_ushort_p (void)
5376 -- Function: double mpz_class::get_d (void)
5377 -- Function: long mpz_class::get_si (void)
5378 -- Function: string mpz_class::get_str (int BASE = 10)
5379 -- Function: unsigned long mpz_class::get_ui (void)
5380 -- Function: int mpz_class::set_str (const char *STR, int BASE)
5381 -- Function: int mpz_class::set_str (const string& STR, int BASE)
5382 -- Function: int sgn (mpz_class OP)
5383 -- Function: mpz_class sqrt (mpz_class OP)
5384     These functions provide a C++ class interface to the corresponding
5385     GMP C routines.
5386
5387     `cmp' can be used with any of the classes or the standard C++
5388     types, except `long long' and `long double'.
5389
5390
5391   Overloaded operators for combinations of `mpz_class' and `double'
5392are provided for completeness, but it should be noted that if the given
5393`double' is not an integer then the way any rounding is done is
5394currently unspecified.  The rounding might take place at the start, in
5395the middle, or at the end of the operation, and it might change in the
5396future.
5397
5398   Conversions between `mpz_class' and `double', however, are defined
5399to follow the corresponding C functions `mpz_get_d' and `mpz_set_d'.
5400And comparisons are always made exactly, as per `mpz_cmp_d'.
5401
5402
5403File: gmp.info,  Node: C++ Interface Rationals,  Next: C++ Interface Floats,  Prev: C++ Interface Integers,  Up: C++ Class Interface
5404
540512.3 C++ Interface Rationals
5406============================
5407
5408In all the following constructors, if a fraction is given then it
5409should be in canonical form, or if not then `mpq_class::canonicalize'
5410called.
5411
5412 -- Function:  mpq_class::mpq_class (type OP)
5413 -- Function:  mpq_class::mpq_class (integer NUM, integer DEN)
5414     Construct an `mpq_class'.  The initial value can be a single value
5415     of any type, or a pair of integers (`mpz_class' or standard C++
5416     integer types) representing a fraction, except that `long long'
5417     and `long double' are not supported.  For example,
5418
5419          mpq_class q (99);
5420          mpq_class q (1.75);
5421          mpq_class q (1, 3);
5422
5423 -- Function: explicit mpq_class::mpq_class (mpq_t Q)
5424     Construct an `mpq_class' from an `mpq_t'.  The value in Q is
5425     copied into the new `mpq_class', there won't be any permanent
5426     association between it and Q.
5427
5428 -- Function: explicit mpq_class::mpq_class (const char *S, int BASE =
5429          0)
5430 -- Function: explicit mpq_class::mpq_class (const string& S, int BASE
5431          = 0)
5432     Construct an `mpq_class' converted from a string using
5433     `mpq_set_str' (*note Initializing Rationals::).
5434
5435     If the string is not a valid rational, an `std::invalid_argument'
5436     exception is thrown.  The same applies to `operator='.
5437
5438 -- Function: void mpq_class::canonicalize ()
5439     Put an `mpq_class' into canonical form, as per *note Rational
5440     Number Functions::.  All arithmetic operators require their
5441     operands in canonical form, and will return results in canonical
5442     form.
5443
5444 -- Function: mpq_class abs (mpq_class OP)
5445 -- Function: int cmp (mpq_class OP1, type OP2)
5446 -- Function: int cmp (type OP1, mpq_class OP2)
5447 -- Function: double mpq_class::get_d (void)
5448 -- Function: string mpq_class::get_str (int BASE = 10)
5449 -- Function: int mpq_class::set_str (const char *STR, int BASE)
5450 -- Function: int mpq_class::set_str (const string& STR, int BASE)
5451 -- Function: int sgn (mpq_class OP)
5452     These functions provide a C++ class interface to the corresponding
5453     GMP C routines.
5454
5455     `cmp' can be used with any of the classes or the standard C++
5456     types, except `long long' and `long double'.
5457
5458 -- Function: mpz_class& mpq_class::get_num ()
5459 -- Function: mpz_class& mpq_class::get_den ()
5460     Get a reference to an `mpz_class' which is the numerator or
5461     denominator of an `mpq_class'.  This can be used both for read and
5462     write access.  If the object returned is modified, it modifies the
5463     original `mpq_class'.
5464
5465     If direct manipulation might produce a non-canonical value, then
5466     `mpq_class::canonicalize' must be called before further operations.
5467
5468 -- Function: mpz_t mpq_class::get_num_mpz_t ()
5469 -- Function: mpz_t mpq_class::get_den_mpz_t ()
5470     Get a reference to the underlying `mpz_t' numerator or denominator
5471     of an `mpq_class'.  This can be passed to C functions expecting an
5472     `mpz_t'.  Any modifications made to the `mpz_t' will modify the
5473     original `mpq_class'.
5474
5475     If direct manipulation might produce a non-canonical value, then
5476     `mpq_class::canonicalize' must be called before further operations.
5477
5478 -- Function: istream& operator>> (istream& STREAM, mpq_class& ROP);
5479     Read ROP from STREAM, using its `ios' formatting settings, the
5480     same as `mpq_t operator>>' (*note C++ Formatted Input::).
5481
5482     If the ROP read might not be in canonical form then
5483     `mpq_class::canonicalize' must be called.
5484
5485
5486File: gmp.info,  Node: C++ Interface Floats,  Next: C++ Interface Random Numbers,  Prev: C++ Interface Rationals,  Up: C++ Class Interface
5487
548812.4 C++ Interface Floats
5489=========================
5490
5491When an expression requires the use of temporary intermediate
5492`mpf_class' values, like `f=g*h+x*y', those temporaries will have the
5493same precision as the destination `f'.  Explicit constructors can be
5494used if this doesn't suit.
5495
5496 -- Function:  mpf_class::mpf_class (type OP)
5497 -- Function:  mpf_class::mpf_class (type OP, mp_bitcnt_t PREC)
5498     Construct an `mpf_class'.  Any standard C++ type can be used,
5499     except `long long' and `long double', and any of the GMP C++
5500     classes can be used.
5501
5502     If PREC is given, the initial precision is that value, in bits.  If
5503     PREC is not given, then the initial precision is determined by the
5504     type of OP given.  An `mpz_class', `mpq_class', or C++ builtin
5505     type will give the default `mpf' precision (*note Initializing
5506     Floats::).  An `mpf_class' or expression will give the precision
5507     of that value.  The precision of a binary expression is the higher
5508     of the two operands.
5509
5510          mpf_class f(1.5);        // default precision
5511          mpf_class f(1.5, 500);   // 500 bits (at least)
5512          mpf_class f(x);          // precision of x
5513          mpf_class f(abs(x));     // precision of x
5514          mpf_class f(-g, 1000);   // 1000 bits (at least)
5515          mpf_class f(x+y);        // greater of precisions of x and y
5516
5517 -- Function: explicit mpf_class::mpf_class (mpf_t F)
5518 -- Function:  mpf_class::mpf_class (mpf_t F, mp_bitcnt_t PREC)
5519     Construct an `mpf_class' from an `mpf_t'.  The value in F is
5520     copied into the new `mpf_class', there won't be any permanent
5521     association between it and F.
5522
5523     If PREC is given, the initial precision is that value, in bits.  If
5524     PREC is not given, then the initial precision is that of F.
5525
5526 -- Function: explicit mpf_class::mpf_class (const char *S)
5527 -- Function:  mpf_class::mpf_class (const char *S, mp_bitcnt_t PREC,
5528          int BASE = 0)
5529 -- Function: explicit mpf_class::mpf_class (const string& S)
5530 -- Function:  mpf_class::mpf_class (const string& S, mp_bitcnt_t PREC,
5531          int BASE = 0)
5532     Construct an `mpf_class' converted from a string using
5533     `mpf_set_str' (*note Assigning Floats::).  If PREC is given, the
5534     initial precision is that value, in bits.  If not, the default
5535     `mpf' precision (*note Initializing Floats::) is used.
5536
5537     If the string is not a valid float, an `std::invalid_argument'
5538     exception is thrown.  The same applies to `operator='.
5539
5540 -- Function: mpf_class& mpf_class::operator= (type OP)
5541     Convert and store the given OP value to an `mpf_class' object.  The
5542     same types are accepted as for the constructors above.
5543
5544     Note that `operator=' only stores a new value, it doesn't copy or
5545     change the precision of the destination, instead the value is
5546     truncated if necessary.  This is the same as `mpf_set' etc.  Note
5547     in particular this means for `mpf_class' a copy constructor is not
5548     the same as a default constructor plus assignment.
5549
5550          mpf_class x (y);   // x created with precision of y
5551
5552          mpf_class x;       // x created with default precision
5553          x = y;             // value truncated to that precision
5554
5555     Applications using templated code may need to be careful about the
5556     assumptions the code makes in this area, when working with
5557     `mpf_class' values of various different or non-default precisions.
5558     For instance implementations of the standard `complex' template
5559     have been seen in both styles above, though of course `complex' is
5560     normally only actually specified for use with the builtin float
5561     types.
5562
5563 -- Function: mpf_class abs (mpf_class OP)
5564 -- Function: mpf_class ceil (mpf_class OP)
5565 -- Function: int cmp (mpf_class OP1, type OP2)
5566 -- Function: int cmp (type OP1, mpf_class OP2)
5567 -- Function: bool mpf_class::fits_sint_p (void)
5568 -- Function: bool mpf_class::fits_slong_p (void)
5569 -- Function: bool mpf_class::fits_sshort_p (void)
5570 -- Function: bool mpf_class::fits_uint_p (void)
5571 -- Function: bool mpf_class::fits_ulong_p (void)
5572 -- Function: bool mpf_class::fits_ushort_p (void)
5573 -- Function: mpf_class floor (mpf_class OP)
5574 -- Function: mpf_class hypot (mpf_class OP1, mpf_class OP2)
5575 -- Function: double mpf_class::get_d (void)
5576 -- Function: long mpf_class::get_si (void)
5577 -- Function: string mpf_class::get_str (mp_exp_t& EXP, int BASE = 10,
5578          size_t DIGITS = 0)
5579 -- Function: unsigned long mpf_class::get_ui (void)
5580 -- Function: int mpf_class::set_str (const char *STR, int BASE)
5581 -- Function: int mpf_class::set_str (const string& STR, int BASE)
5582 -- Function: int sgn (mpf_class OP)
5583 -- Function: mpf_class sqrt (mpf_class OP)
5584 -- Function: mpf_class trunc (mpf_class OP)
5585     These functions provide a C++ class interface to the corresponding
5586     GMP C routines.
5587
5588     `cmp' can be used with any of the classes or the standard C++
5589     types, except `long long' and `long double'.
5590
5591     The accuracy provided by `hypot' is not currently guaranteed.
5592
5593 -- Function: mp_bitcnt_t mpf_class::get_prec ()
5594 -- Function: void mpf_class::set_prec (mp_bitcnt_t PREC)
5595 -- Function: void mpf_class::set_prec_raw (mp_bitcnt_t PREC)
5596     Get or set the current precision of an `mpf_class'.
5597
5598     The restrictions described for `mpf_set_prec_raw' (*note
5599     Initializing Floats::) apply to `mpf_class::set_prec_raw'.  Note
5600     in particular that the `mpf_class' must be restored to it's
5601     allocated precision before being destroyed.  This must be done by
5602     application code, there's no automatic mechanism for it.
5603
5604
5605File: gmp.info,  Node: C++ Interface Random Numbers,  Next: C++ Interface Limitations,  Prev: C++ Interface Floats,  Up: C++ Class Interface
5606
560712.5 C++ Interface Random Numbers
5608=================================
5609
5610 -- Class: gmp_randclass
5611     The C++ class interface to the GMP random number functions uses
5612     `gmp_randclass' to hold an algorithm selection and current state,
5613     as per `gmp_randstate_t'.
5614
5615 -- Function:  gmp_randclass::gmp_randclass (void (*RANDINIT)
5616          (gmp_randstate_t, ...), ...)
5617     Construct a `gmp_randclass', using a call to the given RANDINIT
5618     function (*note Random State Initialization::).  The arguments
5619     expected are the same as RANDINIT, but with `mpz_class' instead of
5620     `mpz_t'.  For example,
5621
5622          gmp_randclass r1 (gmp_randinit_default);
5623          gmp_randclass r2 (gmp_randinit_lc_2exp_size, 32);
5624          gmp_randclass r3 (gmp_randinit_lc_2exp, a, c, m2exp);
5625          gmp_randclass r4 (gmp_randinit_mt);
5626
5627     `gmp_randinit_lc_2exp_size' will fail if the size requested is too
5628     big, an `std::length_error' exception is thrown in that case.
5629
5630 -- Function:  gmp_randclass::gmp_randclass (gmp_randalg_t ALG, ...)
5631     Construct a `gmp_randclass' using the same parameters as
5632     `gmp_randinit' (*note Random State Initialization::).  This
5633     function is obsolete and the above RANDINIT style should be
5634     preferred.
5635
5636 -- Function: void gmp_randclass::seed (unsigned long int S)
5637 -- Function: void gmp_randclass::seed (mpz_class S)
5638     Seed a random number generator.  See *note Random Number
5639     Functions::, for how to choose a good seed.
5640
5641 -- Function: mpz_class gmp_randclass::get_z_bits (unsigned long BITS)
5642 -- Function: mpz_class gmp_randclass::get_z_bits (mpz_class BITS)
5643     Generate a random integer with a specified number of bits.
5644
5645 -- Function: mpz_class gmp_randclass::get_z_range (mpz_class N)
5646     Generate a random integer in the range 0 to N-1 inclusive.
5647
5648 -- Function: mpf_class gmp_randclass::get_f ()
5649 -- Function: mpf_class gmp_randclass::get_f (mp_bitcnt_t PREC)
5650     Generate a random float F in the range 0 <= F < 1.  F will be to
5651     PREC bits precision, or if PREC is not given then to the precision
5652     of the destination.  For example,
5653
5654          gmp_randclass  r;
5655          ...
5656          mpf_class  f (0, 512);   // 512 bits precision
5657          f = r.get_f();           // random number, 512 bits
5658
5659
5660File: gmp.info,  Node: C++ Interface Limitations,  Prev: C++ Interface Random Numbers,  Up: C++ Class Interface
5661
566212.6 C++ Interface Limitations
5663==============================
5664
5665`mpq_class' and Templated Reading
5666     A generic piece of template code probably won't know that
5667     `mpq_class' requires a `canonicalize' call if inputs read with
5668     `operator>>' might be non-canonical.  This can lead to incorrect
5669     results.
5670
5671     `operator>>' behaves as it does for reasons of efficiency.  A
5672     canonicalize can be quite time consuming on large operands, and is
5673     best avoided if it's not necessary.
5674
5675     But this potential difficulty reduces the usefulness of
5676     `mpq_class'.  Perhaps a mechanism to tell `operator>>' what to do
5677     will be adopted in the future, maybe a preprocessor define, a
5678     global flag, or an `ios' flag pressed into service.  Or maybe, at
5679     the risk of inconsistency, the `mpq_class' `operator>>' could
5680     canonicalize and leave `mpq_t' `operator>>' not doing so, for use
5681     on those occasions when that's acceptable.  Send feedback or
5682     alternate ideas to <[email protected]>.
5683
5684Subclassing
5685     Subclassing the GMP C++ classes works, but is not currently
5686     recommended.
5687
5688     Expressions involving subclasses resolve correctly (or seem to),
5689     but in normal C++ fashion the subclass doesn't inherit
5690     constructors and assignments.  There's many of those in the GMP
5691     classes, and a good way to reestablish them in a subclass is not
5692     yet provided.
5693
5694Templated Expressions
5695     A subtle difficulty exists when using expressions together with
5696     application-defined template functions.  Consider the following,
5697     with `T' intended to be some numeric type,
5698
5699          template <class T>
5700          T fun (const T &, const T &);
5701
5702     When used with, say, plain `mpz_class' variables, it works fine:
5703     `T' is resolved as `mpz_class'.
5704
5705          mpz_class f(1), g(2);
5706          fun (f, g);    // Good
5707
5708     But when one of the arguments is an expression, it doesn't work.
5709
5710          mpz_class f(1), g(2), h(3);
5711          fun (f, g+h);  // Bad
5712
5713     This is because `g+h' ends up being a certain expression template
5714     type internal to `gmpxx.h', which the C++ template resolution
5715     rules are unable to automatically convert to `mpz_class'.  The
5716     workaround is simply to add an explicit cast.
5717
5718          mpz_class f(1), g(2), h(3);
5719          fun (f, mpz_class(g+h));  // Good
5720
5721     Similarly, within `fun' it may be necessary to cast an expression
5722     to type `T' when calling a templated `fun2'.
5723
5724          template <class T>
5725          void fun (T f, T g)
5726          {
5727            fun2 (f, f+g);     // Bad
5728          }
5729
5730          template <class T>
5731          void fun (T f, T g)
5732          {
5733            fun2 (f, T(f+g));  // Good
5734          }
5735
5736
5737File: gmp.info,  Node: BSD Compatible Functions,  Next: Custom Allocation,  Prev: C++ Class Interface,  Up: Top
5738
573913 Berkeley MP Compatible Functions
5740***********************************
5741
5742These functions are intended to be fully compatible with the Berkeley MP
5743library which is available on many BSD derived U*ix systems.  The
5744`--enable-mpbsd' option must be used when building GNU MP to make these
5745available (*note Installing GMP::).
5746
5747   The original Berkeley MP library has a usage restriction: you cannot
5748use the same variable as both source and destination in a single
5749function call.  The compatible functions in GNU MP do not share this
5750restriction--inputs and outputs may overlap.
5751
5752   It is not recommended that new programs are written using these
5753functions.  Apart from the incomplete set of functions, the interface
5754for initializing `MINT' objects is more error prone, and the `pow'
5755function collides with `pow' in `libm.a'.
5756
5757   Include the header `mp.h' to get the definition of the necessary
5758types and functions.  If you are on a BSD derived system, make sure to
5759include GNU `mp.h' if you are going to link the GNU `libmp.a' to your
5760program.  This means that you probably need to give the `-I<dir>'
5761option to the compiler, where `<dir>' is the directory where you have
5762GNU `mp.h'.
5763
5764 -- Function: MINT * itom (signed short int INITIAL_VALUE)
5765     Allocate an integer consisting of a `MINT' object and dynamic limb
5766     space.  Initialize the integer to INITIAL_VALUE.  Return a pointer
5767     to the `MINT' object.
5768
5769 -- Function: MINT * xtom (char *INITIAL_VALUE)
5770     Allocate an integer consisting of a `MINT' object and dynamic limb
5771     space.  Initialize the integer from INITIAL_VALUE, a hexadecimal,
5772     null-terminated C string.  Return a pointer to the `MINT' object.
5773
5774 -- Function: void move (MINT *SRC, MINT *DEST)
5775     Set DEST to SRC by copying.  Both variables must be previously
5776     initialized.
5777
5778 -- Function: void madd (MINT *SRC_1, MINT *SRC_2, MINT *DESTINATION)
5779     Add SRC_1 and SRC_2 and put the sum in DESTINATION.
5780
5781 -- Function: void msub (MINT *SRC_1, MINT *SRC_2, MINT *DESTINATION)
5782     Subtract SRC_2 from SRC_1 and put the difference in DESTINATION.
5783
5784 -- Function: void mult (MINT *SRC_1, MINT *SRC_2, MINT *DESTINATION)
5785     Multiply SRC_1 and SRC_2 and put the product in DESTINATION.
5786
5787 -- Function: void mdiv (MINT *DIVIDEND, MINT *DIVISOR, MINT *QUOTIENT,
5788          MINT *REMAINDER)
5789 -- Function: void sdiv (MINT *DIVIDEND, signed short int DIVISOR, MINT
5790          *QUOTIENT, signed short int *REMAINDER)
5791     Set QUOTIENT to DIVIDEND/DIVISOR, and REMAINDER to DIVIDEND mod
5792     DIVISOR.  The quotient is rounded towards zero; the remainder has
5793     the same sign as the dividend unless it is zero.
5794
5795     Some implementations of these functions work differently--or not
5796     at all--for negative arguments.
5797
5798 -- Function: void msqrt (MINT *OP, MINT *ROOT, MINT *REMAINDER)
5799     Set ROOT to the truncated integer part of the square root of OP,
5800     like `mpz_sqrt'.  Set REMAINDER to OP-ROOT*ROOT, i.e.  zero if OP
5801     is a perfect square.
5802
5803     If ROOT and REMAINDER are the same variable, the results are
5804     undefined.
5805
5806 -- Function: void pow (MINT *BASE, MINT *EXP, MINT *MOD, MINT *DEST)
5807     Set DEST to (BASE raised to EXP) modulo MOD.
5808
5809     Note that the name `pow' clashes with `pow' from the standard C
5810     math library (*note Exponentiation and Logarithms: (libc)Exponents
5811     and Logarithms.).  An application will only be able to use one or
5812     the other.
5813
5814 -- Function: void rpow (MINT *BASE, signed short int EXP, MINT *DEST)
5815     Set DEST to BASE raised to EXP.
5816
5817 -- Function: void gcd (MINT *OP1, MINT *OP2, MINT *RES)
5818     Set RES to the greatest common divisor of OP1 and OP2.
5819
5820 -- Function: int mcmp (MINT *OP1, MINT *OP2)
5821     Compare OP1 and OP2.  Return a positive value if OP1 > OP2, zero
5822     if OP1 = OP2, and a negative value if OP1 < OP2.
5823
5824 -- Function: void min (MINT *DEST)
5825     Input a decimal string from `stdin', and put the read integer in
5826     DEST.  SPC and TAB are allowed in the number string, and are
5827     ignored.
5828
5829 -- Function: void mout (MINT *SRC)
5830     Output SRC to `stdout', as a decimal string.  Also output a
5831     newline.
5832
5833 -- Function: char * mtox (MINT *OP)
5834     Convert OP to a hexadecimal string, and return a pointer to the
5835     string.  The returned string is allocated using the default memory
5836     allocation function, `malloc' by default.  It will be
5837     `strlen(str)+1' bytes, that being exactly enough for the string
5838     and null-terminator.
5839
5840 -- Function: void mfree (MINT *OP)
5841     De-allocate, the space used by OP.  *This function should only be
5842     passed a value returned by `itom' or `xtom'.*
5843
5844
5845File: gmp.info,  Node: Custom Allocation,  Next: Language Bindings,  Prev: BSD Compatible Functions,  Up: Top
5846
584714 Custom Allocation
5848********************
5849
5850By default GMP uses `malloc', `realloc' and `free' for memory
5851allocation, and if they fail GMP prints a message to the standard error
5852output and terminates the program.
5853
5854   Alternate functions can be specified, to allocate memory in a
5855different way or to have a different error action on running out of
5856memory.
5857
5858   This feature is available in the Berkeley compatibility library
5859(*note BSD Compatible Functions::) as well as the main GMP library.
5860
5861 -- Function: void mp_set_memory_functions (
5862          void *(*ALLOC_FUNC_PTR) (size_t),
5863          void *(*REALLOC_FUNC_PTR) (void *, size_t, size_t),
5864          void (*FREE_FUNC_PTR) (void *, size_t))
5865     Replace the current allocation functions from the arguments.  If
5866     an argument is `NULL', the corresponding default function is used.
5867
5868     These functions will be used for all memory allocation done by
5869     GMP, apart from temporary space from `alloca' if that function is
5870     available and GMP is configured to use it (*note Build Options::).
5871
5872     *Be sure to call `mp_set_memory_functions' only when there are no
5873     active GMP objects allocated using the previous memory functions!
5874     Usually that means calling it before any other GMP function.*
5875
5876   The functions supplied should fit the following declarations:
5877
5878 -- Function: void * allocate_function (size_t ALLOC_SIZE)
5879     Return a pointer to newly allocated space with at least ALLOC_SIZE
5880     bytes.
5881
5882 -- Function: void * reallocate_function (void *PTR, size_t OLD_SIZE,
5883          size_t NEW_SIZE)
5884     Resize a previously allocated block PTR of OLD_SIZE bytes to be
5885     NEW_SIZE bytes.
5886
5887     The block may be moved if necessary or if desired, and in that
5888     case the smaller of OLD_SIZE and NEW_SIZE bytes must be copied to
5889     the new location.  The return value is a pointer to the resized
5890     block, that being the new location if moved or just PTR if not.
5891
5892     PTR is never `NULL', it's always a previously allocated block.
5893     NEW_SIZE may be bigger or smaller than OLD_SIZE.
5894
5895 -- Function: void free_function (void *PTR, size_t SIZE)
5896     De-allocate the space pointed to by PTR.
5897
5898     PTR is never `NULL', it's always a previously allocated block of
5899     SIZE bytes.
5900
5901   A "byte" here means the unit used by the `sizeof' operator.
5902
5903   The REALLOCATE_FUNCTION parameter OLD_SIZE and the FREE_FUNCTION
5904parameter SIZE are passed for convenience, but of course they can be
5905ignored if not needed by an implementation.  The default functions
5906using `malloc' and friends for instance don't use them.
5907
5908   No error return is allowed from any of these functions, if they
5909return then they must have performed the specified operation.  In
5910particular note that ALLOCATE_FUNCTION or REALLOCATE_FUNCTION mustn't
5911return `NULL'.
5912
5913   Getting a different fatal error action is a good use for custom
5914allocation functions, for example giving a graphical dialog rather than
5915the default print to `stderr'.  How much is possible when genuinely out
5916of memory is another question though.
5917
5918   There's currently no defined way for the allocation functions to
5919recover from an error such as out of memory, they must terminate
5920program execution.  A `longjmp' or throwing a C++ exception will have
5921undefined results.  This may change in the future.
5922
5923   GMP may use allocated blocks to hold pointers to other allocated
5924blocks.  This will limit the assumptions a conservative garbage
5925collection scheme can make.
5926
5927   Since the default GMP allocation uses `malloc' and friends, those
5928functions will be linked in even if the first thing a program does is an
5929`mp_set_memory_functions'.  It's necessary to change the GMP sources if
5930this is a problem.
5931
5932
5933 -- Function: void mp_get_memory_functions (
5934          void *(**ALLOC_FUNC_PTR) (size_t),
5935          void *(**REALLOC_FUNC_PTR) (void *, size_t, size_t),
5936          void (**FREE_FUNC_PTR) (void *, size_t))
5937     Get the current allocation functions, storing function pointers to
5938     the locations given by the arguments.  If an argument is `NULL',
5939     that function pointer is not stored.
5940
5941     For example, to get just the current free function,
5942
5943          void (*freefunc) (void *, size_t);
5944
5945          mp_get_memory_functions (NULL, NULL, &freefunc);
5946
5947
5948File: gmp.info,  Node: Language Bindings,  Next: Algorithms,  Prev: Custom Allocation,  Up: Top
5949
595015 Language Bindings
5951********************
5952
5953The following packages and projects offer access to GMP from languages
5954other than C, though perhaps with varying levels of functionality and
5955efficiency.
5956
5957
5958C++
5959        * GMP C++ class interface, *note C++ Class Interface::
5960          Straightforward interface, expression templates to eliminate
5961          temporaries.
5962
5963        * ALP `http://www-sop.inria.fr/saga/logiciels/ALP/'
5964          Linear algebra and polynomials using templates.
5965
5966        * Arithmos `http://cant.ua.ac.be/old/arithmos/'
5967          Rationals with infinities and square roots.
5968
5969        * CLN `http://www.ginac.de/CLN/'
5970          High level classes for arithmetic.
5971
5972        * LiDIA `http://www.cdc.informatik.tu-darmstadt.de/TI/LiDIA/'
5973          A C++ library for computational number theory.
5974
5975        * Linbox `http://www.linalg.org/'
5976          Sparse vectors and matrices.
5977
5978        * NTL `http://www.shoup.net/ntl/'
5979          A C++ number theory library.
5980
5981Eiffel
5982        * Eiffelroom `http://www.eiffelroom.org/node/442'
5983
5984Fortran
5985        * Omni F77 `http://phase.hpcc.jp/Omni/home.html'
5986          Arbitrary precision floats.
5987
5988Haskell
5989        * Glasgow Haskell Compiler `http://www.haskell.org/ghc/'
5990
5991Java
5992        * Kaffe `http://www.kaffe.org/'
5993
5994        * Kissme `http://kissme.sourceforge.net/'
5995
5996Lisp
5997        * GNU Common Lisp `http://www.gnu.org/software/gcl/gcl.html'
5998
5999        * Librep `http://librep.sourceforge.net/'
6000
6001        * XEmacs (21.5.18 beta and up) `http://www.xemacs.org'
6002          Optional big integers, rationals and floats using GMP.
6003
6004M4
6005        * GNU m4 betas `http://www.seindal.dk/rene/gnu/'
6006          Optionally provides an arbitrary precision `mpeval'.
6007
6008ML
6009        * MLton compiler `http://mlton.org/'
6010
6011Objective Caml
6012        * MLGMP `http://www.di.ens.fr/~monniaux/programmes.html.en'
6013
6014        * Numerix `http://pauillac.inria.fr/~quercia/'
6015          Optionally using GMP.
6016
6017Oz
6018        * Mozart `http://www.mozart-oz.org/'
6019
6020Pascal
6021        * GNU Pascal Compiler `http://www.gnu-pascal.de/'
6022          GMP unit.
6023
6024        * Numerix `http://pauillac.inria.fr/~quercia/'
6025          For Free Pascal, optionally using GMP.
6026
6027Perl
6028        * GMP module, see `demos/perl' in the GMP sources (*note
6029          Demonstration Programs::).
6030
6031        * Math::GMP `http://www.cpan.org/'
6032          Compatible with Math::BigInt, but not as many functions as
6033          the GMP module above.
6034
6035        * Math::BigInt::GMP `http://www.cpan.org/'
6036          Plug Math::GMP into normal Math::BigInt operations.
6037
6038Pike
6039        * mpz module in the standard distribution,
6040          `http://pike.ida.liu.se/'
6041
6042Prolog
6043        * SWI Prolog `http://www.swi-prolog.org/'
6044          Arbitrary precision floats.
6045
6046Python
6047        * GMPY `http://code.google.com/p/gmpy/'
6048
6049Ruby
6050        * http://rubygems.org/gems/gmp
6051
6052Scheme
6053        * GNU Guile (upcoming 1.8)
6054          `http://www.gnu.org/software/guile/guile.html'
6055
6056        * RScheme `http://www.rscheme.org/'
6057
6058        * STklos `http://www.stklos.org/'
6059
6060Smalltalk
6061        * GNU Smalltalk
6062          `http://www.smalltalk.org/versions/GNUSmalltalk.html'
6063
6064Other
6065        * Axiom `http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/axiom'
6066          Computer algebra using GCL.
6067
6068        * DrGenius `http://drgenius.seul.org/'
6069          Geometry system and mathematical programming language.
6070
6071        * GiNaC `http://www.ginac.de/'
6072          C++ computer algebra using CLN.
6073
6074        * GOO `http://www.googoogaga.org/'
6075          Dynamic object oriented language.
6076
6077        * Maxima `http://www.ma.utexas.edu/users/wfs/maxima.html'
6078          Macsyma computer algebra using GCL.
6079
6080        * Q `http://q-lang.sourceforge.net/'
6081          Equational programming system.
6082
6083        * Regina `http://regina.sourceforge.net/'
6084          Topological calculator.
6085
6086        * Yacas `yacas.sourceforge.net'
6087          Yet another computer algebra system.
6088
6089
6090
6091File: gmp.info,  Node: Algorithms,  Next: Internals,  Prev: Language Bindings,  Up: Top
6092
609316 Algorithms
6094*************
6095
6096This chapter is an introduction to some of the algorithms used for
6097various GMP operations.  The code is likely to be hard to understand
6098without knowing something about the algorithms.
6099
6100   Some GMP internals are mentioned, but applications that expect to be
6101compatible with future GMP releases should take care to use only the
6102documented functions.
6103
6104* Menu:
6105
6106* Multiplication Algorithms::
6107* Division Algorithms::
6108* Greatest Common Divisor Algorithms::
6109* Powering Algorithms::
6110* Root Extraction Algorithms::
6111* Radix Conversion Algorithms::
6112* Other Algorithms::
6113* Assembly Coding::
6114
6115
6116File: gmp.info,  Node: Multiplication Algorithms,  Next: Division Algorithms,  Prev: Algorithms,  Up: Algorithms
6117
611816.1 Multiplication
6119===================
6120
6121NxN limb multiplications and squares are done using one of seven
6122algorithms, as the size N increases.
6123
6124     Algorithm      Threshold
6125     Basecase       (none)
6126     Karatsuba      `MUL_TOOM22_THRESHOLD'
6127     Toom-3         `MUL_TOOM33_THRESHOLD'
6128     Toom-4         `MUL_TOOM44_THRESHOLD'
6129     Toom-6.5       `MUL_TOOM6H_THRESHOLD'
6130     Toom-8.5       `MUL_TOOM8H_THRESHOLD'
6131     FFT            `MUL_FFT_THRESHOLD'
6132
6133   Similarly for squaring, with the `SQR' thresholds.
6134
6135   NxM multiplications of operands with different sizes above
6136`MUL_TOOM22_THRESHOLD' are currently done by special Toom-inspired
6137algorithms or directly with FFT, depending on operand size (*note
6138Unbalanced Multiplication::).
6139
6140* Menu:
6141
6142* Basecase Multiplication::
6143* Karatsuba Multiplication::
6144* Toom 3-Way Multiplication::
6145* Toom 4-Way Multiplication::
6146* Higher degree Toom'n'half::
6147* FFT Multiplication::
6148* Other Multiplication::
6149* Unbalanced Multiplication::
6150
6151
6152File: gmp.info,  Node: Basecase Multiplication,  Next: Karatsuba Multiplication,  Prev: Multiplication Algorithms,  Up: Multiplication Algorithms
6153
615416.1.1 Basecase Multiplication
6155------------------------------
6156
6157Basecase NxM multiplication is a straightforward rectangular set of
6158cross-products, the same as long multiplication done by hand and for
6159that reason sometimes known as the schoolbook or grammar school method.
6160This is an O(N*M) algorithm.  See Knuth section 4.3.1 algorithm M
6161(*note References::), and the `mpn/generic/mul_basecase.c' code.
6162
6163   Assembly implementations of `mpn_mul_basecase' are essentially the
6164same as the generic C code, but have all the usual assembly tricks and
6165obscurities introduced for speed.
6166
6167   A square can be done in roughly half the time of a multiply, by
6168using the fact that the cross products above and below the diagonal are
6169the same.  A triangle of products below the diagonal is formed, doubled
6170(left shift by one bit), and then the products on the diagonal added.
6171This can be seen in `mpn/generic/sqr_basecase.c'.  Again the assembly
6172implementations take essentially the same approach.
6173
6174          u0  u1  u2  u3  u4
6175        +---+---+---+---+---+
6176     u0 | d |   |   |   |   |
6177        +---+---+---+---+---+
6178     u1 |   | d |   |   |   |
6179        +---+---+---+---+---+
6180     u2 |   |   | d |   |   |
6181        +---+---+---+---+---+
6182     u3 |   |   |   | d |   |
6183        +---+---+---+---+---+
6184     u4 |   |   |   |   | d |
6185        +---+---+---+---+---+
6186
6187   In practice squaring isn't a full 2x faster than multiplying, it's
6188usually around 1.5x.  Less than 1.5x probably indicates
6189`mpn_sqr_basecase' wants improving on that CPU.
6190
6191   On some CPUs `mpn_mul_basecase' can be faster than the generic C
6192`mpn_sqr_basecase' on some small sizes.  `SQR_BASECASE_THRESHOLD' is
6193the size at which to use `mpn_sqr_basecase', this will be zero if that
6194routine should be used always.
6195
6196
6197File: gmp.info,  Node: Karatsuba Multiplication,  Next: Toom 3-Way Multiplication,  Prev: Basecase Multiplication,  Up: Multiplication Algorithms
6198
619916.1.2 Karatsuba Multiplication
6200-------------------------------
6201
6202The Karatsuba multiplication algorithm is described in Knuth section
62034.3.3 part A, and various other textbooks.  A brief description is
6204given here.
6205
6206   The inputs x and y are treated as each split into two parts of equal
6207length (or the most significant part one limb shorter if N is odd).
6208
6209      high              low
6210     +----------+----------+
6211     |    x1    |    x0    |
6212     +----------+----------+
6213
6214     +----------+----------+
6215     |    y1    |    y0    |
6216     +----------+----------+
6217
6218   Let b be the power of 2 where the split occurs, i.e. if x0 is k
6219limbs (y0 the same) then b=2^(k*mp_bits_per_limb).  With that x=x1*b+x0
6220and y=y1*b+y0, and the following holds,
6221
6222     x*y = (b^2+b)*x1*y1 - b*(x1-x0)*(y1-y0) + (b+1)*x0*y0
6223
6224   This formula means doing only three multiplies of (N/2)x(N/2) limbs,
6225whereas a basecase multiply of NxN limbs is equivalent to four
6226multiplies of (N/2)x(N/2).  The factors (b^2+b) etc represent the
6227positions where the three products must be added.
6228
6229      high                              low
6230     +--------+--------+ +--------+--------+
6231     |      x1*y1      | |      x0*y0      |
6232     +--------+--------+ +--------+--------+
6233               +--------+--------+
6234           add |      x1*y1      |
6235               +--------+--------+
6236               +--------+--------+
6237           add |      x0*y0      |
6238               +--------+--------+
6239               +--------+--------+
6240           sub | (x1-x0)*(y1-y0) |
6241               +--------+--------+
6242
6243   The term (x1-x0)*(y1-y0) is best calculated as an absolute value,
6244and the sign used to choose to add or subtract.  Notice the sum
6245high(x0*y0)+low(x1*y1) occurs twice, so it's possible to do 5*k limb
6246additions, rather than 6*k, but in GMP extra function call overheads
6247outweigh the saving.
6248
6249   Squaring is similar to multiplying, but with x=y the formula reduces
6250to an equivalent with three squares,
6251
6252     x^2 = (b^2+b)*x1^2 - b*(x1-x0)^2 + (b+1)*x0^2
6253
6254   The final result is accumulated from those three squares the same
6255way as for the three multiplies above.  The middle term (x1-x0)^2 is now
6256always positive.
6257
6258   A similar formula for both multiplying and squaring can be
6259constructed with a middle term (x1+x0)*(y1+y0).  But those sums can
6260exceed k limbs, leading to more carry handling and additions than the
6261form above.
6262
6263   Karatsuba multiplication is asymptotically an O(N^1.585) algorithm,
6264the exponent being log(3)/log(2), representing 3 multiplies each 1/2
6265the size of the inputs.  This is a big improvement over the basecase
6266multiply at O(N^2) and the advantage soon overcomes the extra additions
6267Karatsuba performs.  `MUL_TOOM22_THRESHOLD' can be as little as 10
6268limbs.  The `SQR' threshold is usually about twice the `MUL'.
6269
6270   The basecase algorithm will take a time of the form M(N) = a*N^2 +
6271b*N + c and the Karatsuba algorithm K(N) = 3*M(N/2) + d*N + e, which
6272expands to K(N) = 3/4*a*N^2 + 3/2*b*N + 3*c + d*N + e.  The factor 3/4
6273for a means per-crossproduct speedups in the basecase code will
6274increase the threshold since they benefit M(N) more than K(N).  And
6275conversely the 3/2 for b means linear style speedups of b will increase
6276the threshold since they benefit K(N) more than M(N).  The latter can
6277be seen for instance when adding an optimized `mpn_sqr_diagonal' to
6278`mpn_sqr_basecase'.  Of course all speedups reduce total time, and in
6279that sense the algorithm thresholds are merely of academic interest.
6280
6281
6282File: gmp.info,  Node: Toom 3-Way Multiplication,  Next: Toom 4-Way Multiplication,  Prev: Karatsuba Multiplication,  Up: Multiplication Algorithms
6283
628416.1.3 Toom 3-Way Multiplication
6285--------------------------------
6286
6287The Karatsuba formula is the simplest case of a general approach to
6288splitting inputs that leads to both Toom and FFT algorithms.  A
6289description of Toom can be found in Knuth section 4.3.3, with an
6290example 3-way calculation after Theorem A.  The 3-way form used in GMP
6291is described here.
6292
6293   The operands are each considered split into 3 pieces of equal length
6294(or the most significant part 1 or 2 limbs shorter than the other two).
6295
6296      high                         low
6297     +----------+----------+----------+
6298     |    x2    |    x1    |    x0    |
6299     +----------+----------+----------+
6300
6301     +----------+----------+----------+
6302     |    y2    |    y1    |    y0    |
6303     +----------+----------+----------+
6304
6305These parts are treated as the coefficients of two polynomials
6306
6307     X(t) = x2*t^2 + x1*t + x0
6308     Y(t) = y2*t^2 + y1*t + y0
6309
6310   Let b equal the power of 2 which is the size of the x0, x1, y0 and
6311y1 pieces, i.e. if they're k limbs each then b=2^(k*mp_bits_per_limb).
6312With this x=X(b) and y=Y(b).
6313
6314   Let a polynomial W(t)=X(t)*Y(t) and suppose its coefficients are
6315
6316     W(t) = w4*t^4 + w3*t^3 + w2*t^2 + w1*t + w0
6317
6318   The w[i] are going to be determined, and when they are they'll give
6319the final result using w=W(b), since x*y=X(b)*Y(b)=W(b).  The
6320coefficients will be roughly b^2 each, and the final W(b) will be an
6321addition like,
6322
6323      high                                        low
6324     +-------+-------+
6325     |       w4      |
6326     +-------+-------+
6327            +--------+-------+
6328            |        w3      |
6329            +--------+-------+
6330                    +--------+-------+
6331                    |        w2      |
6332                    +--------+-------+
6333                            +--------+-------+
6334                            |        w1      |
6335                            +--------+-------+
6336                                     +-------+-------+
6337                                     |       w0      |
6338                                     +-------+-------+
6339
6340   The w[i] coefficients could be formed by a simple set of cross
6341products, like w4=x2*y2, w3=x2*y1+x1*y2, w2=x2*y0+x1*y1+x0*y2 etc, but
6342this would need all nine x[i]*y[j] for i,j=0,1,2, and would be
6343equivalent merely to a basecase multiply.  Instead the following
6344approach is used.
6345
6346   X(t) and Y(t) are evaluated and multiplied at 5 points, giving
6347values of W(t) at those points.  In GMP the following points are used,
6348
6349     Point    Value
6350     t=0      x0 * y0, which gives w0 immediately
6351     t=1      (x2+x1+x0) * (y2+y1+y0)
6352     t=-1     (x2-x1+x0) * (y2-y1+y0)
6353     t=2      (4*x2+2*x1+x0) * (4*y2+2*y1+y0)
6354     t=inf    x2 * y2, which gives w4 immediately
6355
6356   At t=-1 the values can be negative and that's handled using the
6357absolute values and tracking the sign separately.  At t=inf the value
6358is actually X(t)*Y(t)/t^4 in the limit as t approaches infinity, but
6359it's much easier to think of as simply x2*y2 giving w4 immediately
6360(much like x0*y0 at t=0 gives w0 immediately).
6361
6362   Each of the points substituted into W(t)=w4*t^4+...+w0 gives a
6363linear combination of the w[i] coefficients, and the value of those
6364combinations has just been calculated.
6365
6366     W(0)   =                              w0
6367     W(1)   =    w4 +   w3 +   w2 +   w1 + w0
6368     W(-1)  =    w4 -   w3 +   w2 -   w1 + w0
6369     W(2)   = 16*w4 + 8*w3 + 4*w2 + 2*w1 + w0
6370     W(inf) =    w4
6371
6372   This is a set of five equations in five unknowns, and some
6373elementary linear algebra quickly isolates each w[i].  This involves
6374adding or subtracting one W(t) value from another, and a couple of
6375divisions by powers of 2 and one division by 3, the latter using the
6376special `mpn_divexact_by3' (*note Exact Division::).
6377
6378   The conversion of W(t) values to the coefficients is interpolation.
6379A polynomial of degree 4 like W(t) is uniquely determined by values
6380known at 5 different points.  The points are arbitrary and can be
6381chosen to make the linear equations come out with a convenient set of
6382steps for quickly isolating the w[i].
6383
6384   Squaring follows the same procedure as multiplication, but there's
6385only one X(t) and it's evaluated at the 5 points, and those values
6386squared to give values of W(t).  The interpolation is then identical,
6387and in fact the same `toom_interpolate_5pts' subroutine is used for
6388both squaring and multiplying.
6389
6390   Toom-3 is asymptotically O(N^1.465), the exponent being
6391log(5)/log(3), representing 5 recursive multiplies of 1/3 the original
6392size each.  This is an improvement over Karatsuba at O(N^1.585), though
6393Toom does more work in the evaluation and interpolation and so it only
6394realizes its advantage above a certain size.
6395
6396   Near the crossover between Toom-3 and Karatsuba there's generally a
6397range of sizes where the difference between the two is small.
6398`MUL_TOOM33_THRESHOLD' is a somewhat arbitrary point in that range and
6399successive runs of the tune program can give different values due to
6400small variations in measuring.  A graph of time versus size for the two
6401shows the effect, see `tune/README'.
6402
6403   At the fairly small sizes where the Toom-3 thresholds occur it's
6404worth remembering that the asymptotic behaviour for Karatsuba and
6405Toom-3 can't be expected to make accurate predictions, due of course to
6406the big influence of all sorts of overheads, and the fact that only a
6407few recursions of each are being performed.  Even at large sizes
6408there's a good chance machine dependent effects like cache architecture
6409will mean actual performance deviates from what might be predicted.
6410
6411   The formula given for the Karatsuba algorithm (*note Karatsuba
6412Multiplication::) has an equivalent for Toom-3 involving only five
6413multiplies, but this would be complicated and unenlightening.
6414
6415   An alternate view of Toom-3 can be found in Zuras (*note
6416References::), using a vector to represent the x and y splits and a
6417matrix multiplication for the evaluation and interpolation stages.  The
6418matrix inverses are not meant to be actually used, and they have
6419elements with values much greater than in fact arise in the
6420interpolation steps.  The diagram shown for the 3-way is attractive,
6421but again doesn't have to be implemented that way and for example with
6422a bit of rearrangement just one division by 6 can be done.
6423
6424
6425File: gmp.info,  Node: Toom 4-Way Multiplication,  Next: Higher degree Toom'n'half,  Prev: Toom 3-Way Multiplication,  Up: Multiplication Algorithms
6426
642716.1.4 Toom 4-Way Multiplication
6428--------------------------------
6429
6430Karatsuba and Toom-3 split the operands into 2 and 3 coefficients,
6431respectively.  Toom-4 analogously splits the operands into 4
6432coefficients.  Using the notation from the section on Toom-3
6433multiplication, we form two polynomials:
6434
6435     X(t) = x3*t^3 + x2*t^2 + x1*t + x0
6436     Y(t) = y3*t^3 + y2*t^2 + y1*t + y0
6437
6438   X(t) and Y(t) are evaluated and multiplied at 7 points, giving
6439values of W(t) at those points.  In GMP the following points are used,
6440
6441     Point    Value
6442     t=0      x0 * y0, which gives w0 immediately
6443     t=1/2    (x3+2*x2+4*x1+8*x0) * (y3+2*y2+4*y1+8*y0)
6444     t=-1/2   (-x3+2*x2-4*x1+8*x0) * (-y3+2*y2-4*y1+8*y0)
6445     t=1      (x3+x2+x1+x0) * (y3+y2+y1+y0)
6446     t=-1     (-x3+x2-x1+x0) * (-y3+y2-y1+y0)
6447     t=2      (8*x3+4*x2+2*x1+x0) * (8*y3+4*y2+2*y1+y0)
6448     t=inf    x3 * y3, which gives w6 immediately
6449
6450   The number of additions and subtractions for Toom-4 is much larger
6451than for Toom-3.  But several subexpressions occur multiple times, for
6452example x2+x0, occurs for both t=1 and t=-1.
6453
6454   Toom-4 is asymptotically O(N^1.404), the exponent being
6455log(7)/log(4), representing 7 recursive multiplies of 1/4 the original
6456size each.
6457
6458
6459File: gmp.info,  Node: Higher degree Toom'n'half,  Next: FFT Multiplication,  Prev: Toom 4-Way Multiplication,  Up: Multiplication Algorithms
6460
646116.1.5 Higher degree Toom'n'half
6462--------------------------------
6463
6464The Toom algorithms described above (*note Toom 3-Way Multiplication::,
6465*note Toom 4-Way Multiplication::) generalizes to split into an
6466arbitrary number of pieces. In general a split of two equally long
6467operands into r pieces leads to evaluations and pointwise
6468multiplications done at 2*r-1 points. To fully exploit symmetries it
6469would be better to have a multiple of 4 points, that's why for higher
6470degree Toom'n'half is used.
6471
6472   Toom'n'half means that the existence of one more piece is considered
6473for a single operand. It can be virtual, i.e. zero, or real, when the
6474two operand are not exactly balanced. By chosing an even r, Toom-r+1/2
6475requires 2r points, a multiple of four.
6476
6477   The four-plets of points inlcude 0, inf, +1, -1 and +-2^i, +-2^-i .
6478Each of them giving shortcuts for the evaluation phase and for some
6479steps in the interpolation phase. Further tricks are used to reduce the
6480memory footprint of the whole multiplication algorithm to a memory
6481buffer equanl in size to the result of the product.
6482
6483   Current GMP uses both Toom-6'n'half and Toom-8'n'half.
6484
6485
6486File: gmp.info,  Node: FFT Multiplication,  Next: Other Multiplication,  Prev: Higher degree Toom'n'half,  Up: Multiplication Algorithms
6487
648816.1.6 FFT Multiplication
6489-------------------------
6490
6491At large to very large sizes a Fermat style FFT multiplication is used,
6492following Sch�nhage and Strassen (*note References::).  Descriptions of
6493FFTs in various forms can be found in many textbooks, for instance
6494Knuth section 4.3.3 part C or Lipson chapter IX.  A brief description
6495of the form used in GMP is given here.
6496
6497   The multiplication done is x*y mod 2^N+1, for a given N.  A full
6498product x*y is obtained by choosing N>=bits(x)+bits(y) and padding x
6499and y with high zero limbs.  The modular product is the native form for
6500the algorithm, so padding to get a full product is unavoidable.
6501
6502   The algorithm follows a split, evaluate, pointwise multiply,
6503interpolate and combine similar to that described above for Karatsuba
6504and Toom-3.  A k parameter controls the split, with an FFT-k splitting
6505into 2^k pieces of M=N/2^k bits each.  N must be a multiple of
6506(2^k)*mp_bits_per_limb so the split falls on limb boundaries, avoiding
6507bit shifts in the split and combine stages.
6508
6509   The evaluations, pointwise multiplications, and interpolation, are
6510all done modulo 2^N'+1 where N' is 2M+k+3 rounded up to a multiple of
65112^k and of `mp_bits_per_limb'.  The results of interpolation will be
6512the following negacyclic convolution of the input pieces, and the
6513choice of N' ensures these sums aren't truncated.
6514
6515                ---
6516                \         b
6517     w[n] =     /     (-1) * x[i] * y[j]
6518                ---
6519            i+j==b*2^k+n
6520               b=0,1
6521
6522   The points used for the evaluation are g^i for i=0 to 2^k-1 where
6523g=2^(2N'/2^k).  g is a 2^k'th root of unity mod 2^N'+1, which produces
6524necessary cancellations at the interpolation stage, and it's also a
6525power of 2 so the fast Fourier transforms used for the evaluation and
6526interpolation do only shifts, adds and negations.
6527
6528   The pointwise multiplications are done modulo 2^N'+1 and either
6529recurse into a further FFT or use a plain multiplication (Toom-3,
6530Karatsuba or basecase), whichever is optimal at the size N'.  The
6531interpolation is an inverse fast Fourier transform.  The resulting set
6532of sums of x[i]*y[j] are added at appropriate offsets to give the final
6533result.
6534
6535   Squaring is the same, but x is the only input so it's one transform
6536at the evaluate stage and the pointwise multiplies are squares.  The
6537interpolation is the same.
6538
6539   For a mod 2^N+1 product, an FFT-k is an O(N^(k/(k-1))) algorithm,
6540the exponent representing 2^k recursed modular multiplies each
65411/2^(k-1) the size of the original.  Each successive k is an asymptotic
6542improvement, but overheads mean each is only faster at bigger and
6543bigger sizes.  In the code, `MUL_FFT_TABLE' and `SQR_FFT_TABLE' are the
6544thresholds where each k is used.  Each new k effectively swaps some
6545multiplying for some shifts, adds and overheads.
6546
6547   A mod 2^N+1 product can be formed with a normal NxN->2N bit multiply
6548plus a subtraction, so an FFT and Toom-3 etc can be compared directly.
6549A k=4 FFT at O(N^1.333) can be expected to be the first faster than
6550Toom-3 at O(N^1.465).  In practice this is what's found, with
6551`MUL_FFT_MODF_THRESHOLD' and `SQR_FFT_MODF_THRESHOLD' being between 300
6552and 1000 limbs, depending on the CPU.  So far it's been found that only
6553very large FFTs recurse into pointwise multiplies above these sizes.
6554
6555   When an FFT is to give a full product, the change of N to 2N doesn't
6556alter the theoretical complexity for a given k, but for the purposes of
6557considering where an FFT might be first used it can be assumed that the
6558FFT is recursing into a normal multiply and that on that basis it's
6559doing 2^k recursed multiplies each 1/2^(k-2) the size of the inputs,
6560making it O(N^(k/(k-2))).  This would mean k=7 at O(N^1.4) would be the
6561first FFT faster than Toom-3.  In practice `MUL_FFT_THRESHOLD' and
6562`SQR_FFT_THRESHOLD' have been found to be in the k=8 range, somewhere
6563between 3000 and 10000 limbs.
6564
6565   The way N is split into 2^k pieces and then 2M+k+3 is rounded up to
6566a multiple of 2^k and `mp_bits_per_limb' means that when
65672^k>=mp_bits_per_limb the effective N is a multiple of 2^(2k-1) bits.
6568The +k+3 means some values of N just under such a multiple will be
6569rounded to the next.  The complexity calculations above assume that a
6570favourable size is used, meaning one which isn't padded through
6571rounding, and it's also assumed that the extra +k+3 bits are negligible
6572at typical FFT sizes.
6573
6574   The practical effect of the 2^(2k-1) constraint is to introduce a
6575step-effect into measured speeds.  For example k=8 will round N up to a
6576multiple of 32768 bits, so for a 32-bit limb there'll be 512 limb
6577groups of sizes for which `mpn_mul_n' runs at the same speed.  Or for
6578k=9 groups of 2048 limbs, k=10 groups of 8192 limbs, etc.  In practice
6579it's been found each k is used at quite small multiples of its size
6580constraint and so the step effect is quite noticeable in a time versus
6581size graph.
6582
6583   The threshold determinations currently measure at the mid-points of
6584size steps, but this is sub-optimal since at the start of a new step it
6585can happen that it's better to go back to the previous k for a while.
6586Something more sophisticated for `MUL_FFT_TABLE' and `SQR_FFT_TABLE'
6587will be needed.
6588
6589
6590File: gmp.info,  Node: Other Multiplication,  Next: Unbalanced Multiplication,  Prev: FFT Multiplication,  Up: Multiplication Algorithms
6591
659216.1.7 Other Multiplication
6593---------------------------
6594
6595The Toom algorithms described above (*note Toom 3-Way Multiplication::,
6596*note Toom 4-Way Multiplication::) generalizes to split into an
6597arbitrary number of pieces, as per Knuth section 4.3.3 algorithm C.
6598This is not currently used.  The notes here are merely for interest.
6599
6600   In general a split into r+1 pieces is made, and evaluations and
6601pointwise multiplications done at 2*r+1 points.  A 4-way split does 7
6602pointwise multiplies, 5-way does 9, etc.  Asymptotically an (r+1)-way
6603algorithm is O(N^(log(2*r+1)/log(r+1))).  Only the pointwise
6604multiplications count towards big-O complexity, but the time spent in
6605the evaluate and interpolate stages grows with r and has a significant
6606practical impact, with the asymptotic advantage of each r realized only
6607at bigger and bigger sizes.  The overheads grow as O(N*r), whereas in
6608an r=2^k FFT they grow only as O(N*log(r)).
6609
6610   Knuth algorithm C evaluates at points 0,1,2,...,2*r, but exercise 4
6611uses -r,...,0,...,r and the latter saves some small multiplies in the
6612evaluate stage (or rather trades them for additions), and has a further
6613saving of nearly half the interpolate steps.  The idea is to separate
6614odd and even final coefficients and then perform algorithm C steps C7
6615and C8 on them separately.  The divisors at step C7 become j^2 and the
6616multipliers at C8 become 2*t*j-j^2.
6617
6618   Splitting odd and even parts through positive and negative points
6619can be thought of as using -1 as a square root of unity.  If a 4th root
6620of unity was available then a further split and speedup would be
6621possible, but no such root exists for plain integers.  Going to complex
6622integers with i=sqrt(-1) doesn't help, essentially because in Cartesian
6623form it takes three real multiplies to do a complex multiply.  The
6624existence of 2^k'th roots of unity in a suitable ring or field lets the
6625fast Fourier transform keep splitting and get to O(N*log(r)).
6626
6627   Floating point FFTs use complex numbers approximating Nth roots of
6628unity.  Some processors have special support for such FFTs.  But these
6629are not used in GMP since it's very difficult to guarantee an exact
6630result (to some number of bits).  An occasional difference of 1 in the
6631last bit might not matter to a typical signal processing algorithm, but
6632is of course of vital importance to GMP.
6633
6634
6635File: gmp.info,  Node: Unbalanced Multiplication,  Prev: Other Multiplication,  Up: Multiplication Algorithms
6636
663716.1.8 Unbalanced Multiplication
6638--------------------------------
6639
6640Multiplication of operands with different sizes, both below
6641`MUL_TOOM22_THRESHOLD' are done with plain schoolbook multiplication
6642(*note Basecase Multiplication::).
6643
6644   For really large operands, we invoke FFT directly.
6645
6646   For operands between these sizes, we use Toom inspired algorithms
6647suggested by Alberto Zanoni and Marco Bodrato.  The idea is to split
6648the operands into polynomials of different degree.  GMP currently
6649splits the smaller operand onto 2 coefficients, i.e., a polynomial of
6650degree 1, but the larger operand can be split into 2, 3, or 4
6651coefficients, i.e., a polynomial of degree 1 to 3.
6652
6653
6654File: gmp.info,  Node: Division Algorithms,  Next: Greatest Common Divisor Algorithms,  Prev: Multiplication Algorithms,  Up: Algorithms
6655
665616.2 Division Algorithms
6657========================
6658
6659* Menu:
6660
6661* Single Limb Division::
6662* Basecase Division::
6663* Divide and Conquer Division::
6664* Block-Wise Barrett Division::
6665* Exact Division::
6666* Exact Remainder::
6667* Small Quotient Division::
6668
6669
6670File: gmp.info,  Node: Single Limb Division,  Next: Basecase Division,  Prev: Division Algorithms,  Up: Division Algorithms
6671
667216.2.1 Single Limb Division
6673---------------------------
6674
6675Nx1 division is implemented using repeated 2x1 divisions from high to
6676low, either with a hardware divide instruction or a multiplication by
6677inverse, whichever is best on a given CPU.
6678
6679   The multiply by inverse follows "Improved division by invariant
6680integers" by M�ller and Granlund (*note References::) and is
6681implemented as `udiv_qrnnd_preinv' in `gmp-impl.h'.  The idea is to
6682have a fixed-point approximation to 1/d (see `invert_limb') and then
6683multiply by the high limb (plus one bit) of the dividend to get a
6684quotient q.  With d normalized (high bit set), q is no more than 1 too
6685small.  Subtracting q*d from the dividend gives a remainder, and
6686reveals whether q or q-1 is correct.
6687
6688   The result is a division done with two multiplications and four or
6689five arithmetic operations.  On CPUs with low latency multipliers this
6690can be much faster than a hardware divide, though the cost of
6691calculating the inverse at the start may mean it's only better on
6692inputs bigger than say 4 or 5 limbs.
6693
6694   When a divisor must be normalized, either for the generic C
6695`__udiv_qrnnd_c' or the multiply by inverse, the division performed is
6696actually a*2^k by d*2^k where a is the dividend and k is the power
6697necessary to have the high bit of d*2^k set.  The bit shifts for the
6698dividend are usually accomplished "on the fly" meaning by extracting
6699the appropriate bits at each step.  Done this way the quotient limbs
6700come out aligned ready to store.  When only the remainder is wanted, an
6701alternative is to take the dividend limbs unshifted and calculate r = a
6702mod d*2^k followed by an extra final step r*2^k mod d*2^k.  This can
6703help on CPUs with poor bit shifts or few registers.
6704
6705   The multiply by inverse can be done two limbs at a time.  The
6706calculation is basically the same, but the inverse is two limbs and the
6707divisor treated as if padded with a low zero limb.  This means more
6708work, since the inverse will need a 2x2 multiply, but the four 1x1s to
6709do that are independent and can therefore be done partly or wholly in
6710parallel.  Likewise for a 2x1 calculating q*d.  The net effect is to
6711process two limbs with roughly the same two multiplies worth of latency
6712that one limb at a time gives.  This extends to 3 or 4 limbs at a time,
6713though the extra work to apply the inverse will almost certainly soon
6714reach the limits of multiplier throughput.
6715
6716   A similar approach in reverse can be taken to process just half a
6717limb at a time if the divisor is only a half limb.  In this case the
67181x1 multiply for the inverse effectively becomes two (1/2)x1 for each
6719limb, which can be a saving on CPUs with a fast half limb multiply, or
6720in fact if the only multiply is a half limb, and especially if it's not
6721pipelined.
6722
6723
6724File: gmp.info,  Node: Basecase Division,  Next: Divide and Conquer Division,  Prev: Single Limb Division,  Up: Division Algorithms
6725
672616.2.2 Basecase Division
6727------------------------
6728
6729Basecase NxM division is like long division done by hand, but in base
67302^mp_bits_per_limb.  See Knuth section 4.3.1 algorithm D, and
6731`mpn/generic/sb_divrem_mn.c'.
6732
6733   Briefly stated, while the dividend remains larger than the divisor,
6734a high quotient limb is formed and the Nx1 product q*d subtracted at
6735the top end of the dividend.  With a normalized divisor (most
6736significant bit set), each quotient limb can be formed with a 2x1
6737division and a 1x1 multiplication plus some subtractions.  The 2x1
6738division is by the high limb of the divisor and is done either with a
6739hardware divide or a multiply by inverse (the same as in *note Single
6740Limb Division::) whichever is faster.  Such a quotient is sometimes one
6741too big, requiring an addback of the divisor, but that happens rarely.
6742
6743   With Q=N-M being the number of quotient limbs, this is an O(Q*M)
6744algorithm and will run at a speed similar to a basecase QxM
6745multiplication, differing in fact only in the extra multiply and divide
6746for each of the Q quotient limbs.
6747
6748
6749File: gmp.info,  Node: Divide and Conquer Division,  Next: Block-Wise Barrett Division,  Prev: Basecase Division,  Up: Division Algorithms
6750
675116.2.3 Divide and Conquer Division
6752----------------------------------
6753
6754For divisors larger than `DC_DIV_QR_THRESHOLD', division is done by
6755dividing.  Or to be precise by a recursive divide and conquer algorithm
6756based on work by Moenck and Borodin, Jebelean, and Burnikel and Ziegler
6757(*note References::).
6758
6759   The algorithm consists essentially of recognising that a 2NxN
6760division can be done with the basecase division algorithm (*note
6761Basecase Division::), but using N/2 limbs as a base, not just a single
6762limb.  This way the multiplications that arise are (N/2)x(N/2) and can
6763take advantage of Karatsuba and higher multiplication algorithms (*note
6764Multiplication Algorithms::).  The two "digits" of the quotient are
6765formed by recursive Nx(N/2) divisions.
6766
6767   If the (N/2)x(N/2) multiplies are done with a basecase multiplication
6768then the work is about the same as a basecase division, but with more
6769function call overheads and with some subtractions separated from the
6770multiplies.  These overheads mean that it's only when N/2 is above
6771`MUL_TOOM22_THRESHOLD' that divide and conquer is of use.
6772
6773   `DC_DIV_QR_THRESHOLD' is based on the divisor size N, so it will be
6774somewhere above twice `MUL_TOOM22_THRESHOLD', but how much above
6775depends on the CPU.  An optimized `mpn_mul_basecase' can lower
6776`DC_DIV_QR_THRESHOLD' a little by offering a ready-made advantage over
6777repeated `mpn_submul_1' calls.
6778
6779   Divide and conquer is asymptotically O(M(N)*log(N)) where M(N) is
6780the time for an NxN multiplication done with FFTs.  The actual time is
6781a sum over multiplications of the recursed sizes, as can be seen near
6782the end of section 2.2 of Burnikel and Ziegler.  For example, within
6783the Toom-3 range, divide and conquer is 2.63*M(N).  With higher
6784algorithms the M(N) term improves and the multiplier tends to log(N).
6785In practice, at moderate to large sizes, a 2NxN division is about 2 to
67864 times slower than an NxN multiplication.
6787
6788
6789File: gmp.info,  Node: Block-Wise Barrett Division,  Next: Exact Division,  Prev: Divide and Conquer Division,  Up: Division Algorithms
6790
679116.2.4 Block-Wise Barrett Division
6792----------------------------------
6793
6794For the largest divisions, a block-wise Barrett division algorithm is
6795used.  Here, the divisor is inverted to a precision determined by the
6796relative size of the dividend and divisor.  Blocks of quotient limbs
6797are then generated by multiplying blocks from the dividend by the
6798inverse.
6799
6800   Our block-wise algorithm computes a smaller inverse than in the
6801plain Barrett algorithm.  For a 2n/n division, the inverse will be just
6802ceil(n/2) limbs.
6803
6804
6805File: gmp.info,  Node: Exact Division,  Next: Exact Remainder,  Prev: Block-Wise Barrett Division,  Up: Division Algorithms
6806
680716.2.5 Exact Division
6808---------------------
6809
6810A so-called exact division is when the dividend is known to be an exact
6811multiple of the divisor.  Jebelean's exact division algorithm uses this
6812knowledge to make some significant optimizations (*note References::).
6813
6814   The idea can be illustrated in decimal for example with 368154
6815divided by 543.  Because the low digit of the dividend is 4, the low
6816digit of the quotient must be 8.  This is arrived at from 4*7 mod 10,
6817using the fact 7 is the modular inverse of 3 (the low digit of the
6818divisor), since 3*7 == 1 mod 10.  So 8*543=4344 can be subtracted from
6819the dividend leaving 363810.  Notice the low digit has become zero.
6820
6821   The procedure is repeated at the second digit, with the next
6822quotient digit 7 (7 == 1*7 mod 10), subtracting 7*543=3801, leaving
6823325800.  And finally at the third digit with quotient digit 6 (8*7 mod
682410), subtracting 6*543=3258 leaving 0.  So the quotient is 678.
6825
6826   Notice however that the multiplies and subtractions don't need to
6827extend past the low three digits of the dividend, since that's enough
6828to determine the three quotient digits.  For the last quotient digit no
6829subtraction is needed at all.  On a 2NxN division like this one, only
6830about half the work of a normal basecase division is necessary.
6831
6832   For an NxM exact division producing Q=N-M quotient limbs, the saving
6833over a normal basecase division is in two parts.  Firstly, each of the
6834Q quotient limbs needs only one multiply, not a 2x1 divide and
6835multiply.  Secondly, the crossproducts are reduced when Q>M to
6836Q*M-M*(M+1)/2, or when Q<=M to Q*(Q-1)/2.  Notice the savings are
6837complementary.  If Q is big then many divisions are saved, or if Q is
6838small then the crossproducts reduce to a small number.
6839
6840   The modular inverse used is calculated efficiently by `binvert_limb'
6841in `gmp-impl.h'.  This does four multiplies for a 32-bit limb, or six
6842for a 64-bit limb.  `tune/modlinv.c' has some alternate implementations
6843that might suit processors better at bit twiddling than multiplying.
6844
6845   The sub-quadratic exact division described by Jebelean in "Exact
6846Division with Karatsuba Complexity" is not currently implemented.  It
6847uses a rearrangement similar to the divide and conquer for normal
6848division (*note Divide and Conquer Division::), but operating from low
6849to high.  A further possibility not currently implemented is
6850"Bidirectional Exact Integer Division" by Krandick and Jebelean which
6851forms quotient limbs from both the high and low ends of the dividend,
6852and can halve once more the number of crossproducts needed in a 2NxN
6853division.
6854
6855   A special case exact division by 3 exists in `mpn_divexact_by3',
6856supporting Toom-3 multiplication and `mpq' canonicalizations.  It forms
6857quotient digits with a multiply by the modular inverse of 3 (which is
6858`0xAA..AAB') and uses two comparisons to determine a borrow for the next
6859limb.  The multiplications don't need to be on the dependent chain, as
6860long as the effect of the borrows is applied, which can help chips with
6861pipelined multipliers.
6862
6863
6864File: gmp.info,  Node: Exact Remainder,  Next: Small Quotient Division,  Prev: Exact Division,  Up: Division Algorithms
6865
686616.2.6 Exact Remainder
6867----------------------
6868
6869If the exact division algorithm is done with a full subtraction at each
6870stage and the dividend isn't a multiple of the divisor, then low zero
6871limbs are produced but with a remainder in the high limbs.  For
6872dividend a, divisor d, quotient q, and b = 2^mp_bits_per_limb, this
6873remainder r is of the form
6874
6875     a = q*d + r*b^n
6876
6877   n represents the number of zero limbs produced by the subtractions,
6878that being the number of limbs produced for q.  r will be in the range
68790<=r<d and can be viewed as a remainder, but one shifted up by a factor
6880of b^n.
6881
6882   Carrying out full subtractions at each stage means the same number
6883of cross products must be done as a normal division, but there's still
6884some single limb divisions saved.  When d is a single limb some
6885simplifications arise, providing good speedups on a number of
6886processors.
6887
6888   `mpn_divexact_by3', `mpn_modexact_1_odd' and the `mpn_redc_X'
6889functions differ subtly in how they return r, leading to some negations
6890in the above formula, but all are essentially the same.
6891
6892   Clearly r is zero when a is a multiple of d, and this leads to
6893divisibility or congruence tests which are potentially more efficient
6894than a normal division.
6895
6896   The factor of b^n on r can be ignored in a GCD when d is odd, hence
6897the use of `mpn_modexact_1_odd' by `mpn_gcd_1' and `mpz_kronecker_ui'
6898etc (*note Greatest Common Divisor Algorithms::).
6899
6900   Montgomery's REDC method for modular multiplications uses operands
6901of the form of x*b^-n and y*b^-n and on calculating (x*b^-n)*(y*b^-n)
6902uses the factor of b^n in the exact remainder to reach a product in the
6903same form (x*y)*b^-n (*note Modular Powering Algorithm::).
6904
6905   Notice that r generally gives no useful information about the
6906ordinary remainder a mod d since b^n mod d could be anything.  If
6907however b^n == 1 mod d, then r is the negative of the ordinary
6908remainder.  This occurs whenever d is a factor of b^n-1, as for example
6909with 3 in `mpn_divexact_by3'.  For a 32 or 64 bit limb other such
6910factors include 5, 17 and 257, but no particular use has been found for
6911this.
6912
6913
6914File: gmp.info,  Node: Small Quotient Division,  Prev: Exact Remainder,  Up: Division Algorithms
6915
691616.2.7 Small Quotient Division
6917------------------------------
6918
6919An NxM division where the number of quotient limbs Q=N-M is small can
6920be optimized somewhat.
6921
6922   An ordinary basecase division normalizes the divisor by shifting it
6923to make the high bit set, shifting the dividend accordingly, and
6924shifting the remainder back down at the end of the calculation.  This
6925is wasteful if only a few quotient limbs are to be formed.  Instead a
6926division of just the top 2*Q limbs of the dividend by the top Q limbs
6927of the divisor can be used to form a trial quotient.  This requires
6928only those limbs normalized, not the whole of the divisor and dividend.
6929
6930   A multiply and subtract then applies the trial quotient to the M-Q
6931unused limbs of the divisor and N-Q dividend limbs (which includes Q
6932limbs remaining from the trial quotient division).  The starting trial
6933quotient can be 1 or 2 too big, but all cases of 2 too big and most
6934cases of 1 too big are detected by first comparing the most significant
6935limbs that will arise from the subtraction.  An addback is done if the
6936quotient still turns out to be 1 too big.
6937
6938   This whole procedure is essentially the same as one step of the
6939basecase algorithm done in a Q limb base, though with the trial
6940quotient test done only with the high limbs, not an entire Q limb
6941"digit" product.  The correctness of this weaker test can be
6942established by following the argument of Knuth section 4.3.1 exercise
694320 but with the v2*q>b*r+u2 condition appropriately relaxed.
6944
6945
6946File: gmp.info,  Node: Greatest Common Divisor Algorithms,  Next: Powering Algorithms,  Prev: Division Algorithms,  Up: Algorithms
6947
694816.3 Greatest Common Divisor
6949============================
6950
6951* Menu:
6952
6953* Binary GCD::
6954* Lehmer's Algorithm::
6955* Subquadratic GCD::
6956* Extended GCD::
6957* Jacobi Symbol::
6958
6959
6960File: gmp.info,  Node: Binary GCD,  Next: Lehmer's Algorithm,  Prev: Greatest Common Divisor Algorithms,  Up: Greatest Common Divisor Algorithms
6961
696216.3.1 Binary GCD
6963-----------------
6964
6965At small sizes GMP uses an O(N^2) binary style GCD.  This is described
6966in many textbooks, for example Knuth section 4.5.2 algorithm B.  It
6967simply consists of successively reducing odd operands a and b using
6968
6969     a,b = abs(a-b),min(a,b)
6970     strip factors of 2 from a
6971
6972   The Euclidean GCD algorithm, as per Knuth algorithms E and A,
6973repeatedly computes the quotient q = floor(a/b) and replaces a,b by v,
6974u - q v. The binary algorithm has so far been found to be faster than
6975the Euclidean algorithm everywhere.  One reason the binary method does
6976well is that the implied quotient at each step is usually small, so
6977often only one or two subtractions are needed to get the same effect as
6978a division.  Quotients 1, 2 and 3 for example occur 67.7% of the time,
6979see Knuth section 4.5.3 Theorem E.
6980
6981   When the implied quotient is large, meaning b is much smaller than
6982a, then a division is worthwhile.  This is the basis for the initial a
6983mod b reductions in `mpn_gcd' and `mpn_gcd_1' (the latter for both Nx1
6984and 1x1 cases).  But after that initial reduction, big quotients occur
6985too rarely to make it worth checking for them.
6986
6987
6988   The final 1x1 GCD in `mpn_gcd_1' is done in the generic C code as
6989described above.  For two N-bit operands, the algorithm takes about
69900.68 iterations per bit.  For optimum performance some attention needs
6991to be paid to the way the factors of 2 are stripped from a.
6992
6993   Firstly it may be noted that in twos complement the number of low
6994zero bits on a-b is the same as b-a, so counting or testing can begin on
6995a-b without waiting for abs(a-b) to be determined.
6996
6997   A loop stripping low zero bits tends not to branch predict well,
6998since the condition is data dependent.  But on average there's only a
6999few low zeros, so an option is to strip one or two bits arithmetically
7000then loop for more (as done for AMD K6).  Or use a lookup table to get
7001a count for several bits then loop for more (as done for AMD K7).  An
7002alternative approach is to keep just one of a or b odd and iterate
7003
7004     a,b = abs(a-b), min(a,b)
7005     a = a/2 if even
7006     b = b/2 if even
7007
7008   This requires about 1.25 iterations per bit, but stripping of a
7009single bit at each step avoids any branching.  Repeating the bit strip
7010reduces to about 0.9 iterations per bit, which may be a worthwhile
7011tradeoff.
7012
7013   Generally with the above approaches a speed of perhaps 6 cycles per
7014bit can be achieved, which is still not terribly fast with for instance
7015a 64-bit GCD taking nearly 400 cycles.  It's this sort of time which
7016means it's not usually advantageous to combine a set of divisibility
7017tests into a GCD.
7018
7019   Currently, the binary algorithm is used for GCD only when N < 3.
7020
7021
7022File: gmp.info,  Node: Lehmer's Algorithm,  Next: Subquadratic GCD,  Prev: Binary GCD,  Up: Greatest Common Divisor Algorithms
7023
702416.3.2 Lehmer's algorithm
7025-------------------------
7026
7027Lehmer's improvement of the Euclidean algorithms is based on the
7028observation that the initial part of the quotient sequence depends only
7029on the most significant parts of the inputs. The variant of Lehmer's
7030algorithm used in GMP splits off the most significant two limbs, as
7031suggested, e.g., in "A Double-Digit Lehmer-Euclid Algorithm" by
7032Jebelean (*note References::). The quotients of two double-limb inputs
7033are collected as a 2 by 2 matrix with single-limb elements. This is
7034done by the function `mpn_hgcd2'. The resulting matrix is applied to
7035the inputs using `mpn_mul_1' and `mpn_submul_1'. Each iteration usually
7036reduces the inputs by almost one limb. In the rare case of a large
7037quotient, no progress can be made by examining just the most
7038significant two limbs, and the quotient is computed using plain
7039division.
7040
7041   The resulting algorithm is asymptotically O(N^2), just as the
7042Euclidean algorithm and the binary algorithm. The quadratic part of the
7043work are the calls to `mpn_mul_1' and `mpn_submul_1'. For small sizes,
7044the linear work is also significant. There are roughly N calls to the
7045`mpn_hgcd2' function. This function uses a couple of important
7046optimizations:
7047
7048   * It uses the same relaxed notion of correctness as `mpn_hgcd' (see
7049     next section). This means that when called with the most
7050     significant two limbs of two large numbers, the returned matrix
7051     does not always correspond exactly to the initial quotient
7052     sequence for the two large numbers; the final quotient may
7053     sometimes be one off.
7054
7055   * It takes advantage of the fact the quotients are usually small.
7056     The division operator is not used, since the corresponding
7057     assembler instruction is very slow on most architectures. (This
7058     code could probably be improved further, it uses many branches
7059     that are unfriendly to prediction).
7060
7061   * It switches from double-limb calculations to single-limb
7062     calculations half-way through, when the input numbers have been
7063     reduced in size from two limbs to one and a half.
7064
7065
7066
7067
7068Local Variables:
7069coding: iso-8859-1
7070End:
7071